0100 Motor Start Cat en

TeSys motor starters - open version

Levels of service
Type 1 and type 2 coordination according to the standard
The standard defines tests at different levels of current; the purpose of these tests is to place the equipment in extreme conditions. The standard defines 2 types of coordination, according to the condition of the components after testing: i type 1 i type 2
Type 1 coordination Damage to the contactor and to the overload relay is permissible, provided that: - there is no risk for the operator, - components other than the contactor and the overload relay are not damaged.
Type 2 coordination Slight welding of the contactor or starter contacts is permissible, provided that they can be easily separated. After type 2 coordination tests, the control and protection equipment must be able to operate.
t
Overload zone Low-level short-circuit zone Short-circuit zone
To ensure proper type 2 coordination, the standard requires 3 fault current tests to be performed to check that the equipment is operating correctly under overload and short-circuit conditions. Current Ic (overload I < 10 In) The thermal overload relay provides protection against this type of fault, up to a value Ic (depending on Im) defined by the manufacturer.
2 1 4 5
Standard IEC 947-4-1 specifies the 2 tests to be performed to guarantee coordination between the thermal overload relay and the short-circuit protection device: - at 0.75 Ic only the thermal overload relay must trip, - at 1.25 Ic the short-circuit protection device must operate. After the tests at 0.75 and 1.25 Ic, the tripping characteristics of the thermal overload relays must remain unchanged. Type 2 coordination therefore increases reliability of operation. The contactor can close automatically after the fault has been eliminated. Current r (low level short-circuit 10 < I < 50 In) The main cause of this type of fault is the deterioration of insinuating materials Standard IEC 947-4-1 defines an intermediate short-circuit current r. This test current makes it possible to check whether the protection device is providing protection against low-level short-circuits.
Ir 50 Iq
3
1 In
6 c k In
10 0,75 Ic Ic 1,25 Ic
After the test, the contactor and the thermal overload relay must retain their original characteristics. The circuit-breaker must trip within a time 10 ms for a fault current 15 In. Operational current Ie (AC-3) (A) Ie 16 16 < Ie 63 63 < Ie 125 125 < Ie 315 315 < Ie 630 Current r (kA) 1 3 5 10 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Motor thermal overload relay curve Fuse Reliability of operation Thermal limit of the circuit-breaker (MA) Thermal overload relay limit Circuit breaker compulsory trip Magnetic trip (MA)
Current Iq (short-circuit > 50 In) This type of fault is relatively rare; it can be caused by a connection error during maintenance work. Short-circuit protection is provided by fast operating devices. Standard IEC 947-4-1 defines a current Iq that is generally 50 kA. This current Iq makes it possible to check coordination performance of the various devices in a motor supply line. After this test under extreme conditions, all the coordinated devices must remain operational.
24519/2
Te
Selection
No coordination Considerable risks to the operator, and also of physical injury and damage to equipment. Not authorised by standards: - NF C 15-100 article 133-1, - EN 60-204-1 article 1.1/4.2, - IEC 947-4-1 article 7.2.5.
Type 1 coordination The most frequently used solution. Equipment costs are lower. Before restarting, it may be necessary to repair the motor starter; reliability of operation is not a requirement. Consequences : i significant amount of machine downtime, i skilled maintenance personnel required to repair, check, obtain supplies. Example: air conditioning in commercial premises,...
Type 2 coordination This solution ensures reliability of operation Consequences i reduced machine downtime, i simple operation. Example: escalators,...
Total coordination With this solution, no damage or misadjustment is permissible Consequences i immediate return to service, i no special precautions required. Example : smoke extraction, fire-fighting pumps,...
Te
24519/3
Technical information
Tests according to standard utilisation categories conforming to IEC 947 based on rated operational current Ie and rated operational voltage Ue
Contactors
Making and breaking conditions (normal operation) a.c. supply Typical applications Resistors, non inductive or slightly inductive loads Motors Slip ring motors: starting, breaking. AC-2 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65 Making and breaking conditions (occasional operation)
Utilisation category AC-1
Making I U Ie 1.05 Ue
cos 0.8
Breaking I U Ie 1.05 Ue
cos 0.8
Making I U 1.5 Ie
cos
Breaking I U 1.5 Ie
cos
1.05 Ue 0.8
1.05 Ue 0.8
Squirrel cage motors: AC-3 starting, breaking le 100 A whilst motor running. Ie > 100 A Squirrel cage or slip AC-4 ring motors: starting, le 100 A plugging, inching Ie > 100 A
2 Ie 2 Ie
1.05 Ue 1.05 Ue
0.45 0.35
2 Ie 2 Ie
1.05 Ue 1.05 Ue
0.45 0.35
10 Ie 10 Ie
1.05 Ue 0.45 1.05 Ue 0.35
8 Ie 8 Ie
1.05 Ue 0.45 1.05 Ue 0.35
6 Ie 6 Ie
1.05 Ue 1.05 Ue
0.45 0.35
6 Ie 6 Ie
1.05Ue 1.05 Ue
0.45 0.35
12 Ie 12 Ie
1.05 Ue 0.35 1.05 Ue 0.35
10 Ie 10 Ie
1.05 Ue 0.35 1.05 Ue 0.35
d.c. supply Typical applications Resistors, non inductive or slightly inductive loads
Utilisation category DC-1
Making I U Ie Ue
Breaking L/R (ms) I U 1 Ie Ue
L/R (ms) 1
Making I U 1.5 Ie
L/R (ms)
Breaking I U 1.5 Ie
L/R (ms)
1.05 Ue 1
1.05 Ue 1
Shunt wound motors: DC-3 starting, counter-current braking, inching Series would motors: DC-5 starting, counter-current braking, inching
2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue
2.5 Ie
1.05 Ue
4 Ie
1.05 Ue 2.5
4 Ie
1.05 Ue 2.5
2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue
7.5
2.5 Ie
1.05 Ue
7.5
4 Ie
1.05 Ue 15
4 Ie
1.05 Ue 15
Auxiliary contacts and control relays

Making and breaking conditions (normal operation) a.c. supply Typical applications Electromagnets - < 72 VA - > 72 VA Making and breaking conditions (occasional operation)
Utilisation category
Making I U
cos 0.3 0.3
Breaking I U
cos 0.3 0.3
Making I U
cos 0.7 0.3
Breaking I U
cos 0.7 0.3
AC-14 AC-15
6 Ie Ue 10 Ie Ue
Ie Ie
Ue Ue
6 Ie 10 Ie
1.1 Ue 1.1 Ue
6 Ie 10 Ie
1.1 Ue 1.1 Ue
d.c. supply Typical applications Electromagnets
Utilisation category DC-13
Making I U Ie Ue
Breaking L/R (ms) I U
L/R (ms)
Making I U
L/R (ms)
Breaking I U
L/R (ms)
6P Ie Ue 6P 1.1 Ie 1.1 Ue 6 P Ie 1.1 Ue 6 P (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) The value 6 P (in watts) is based on practical observations and is considered to represent the majority of magnetic loads up to the maximum limit of P = 50 W i.e. 6 P = 300 ms = L/R. Above this, the loads are made up of smaller loads in parallel. The value 300 ms is therefore a maximum limit whatever the value of current drawn.
X0009_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Technical information
Average full-load currents of 3-phase squirrel cage motors
3-phase 4-pole motors, 50/60 Hz

U V W
Power in volts 200/ 208 220 230 (1) A 2 2.8 3.6 5.2 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 192 248 312 360 480 600 720 840 1080 1200 1440 380 400 415 433/ 440 460 (1) A 1 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 40 52 65 77 96 124 156 180 240 300 360 420 540 600 720 500/ 525 575 (1) A 0.8 1.1 1.4 2.1 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 144 192 240 288 336 432 480 576 660 690 750 1000
kW 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710
HP 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 450 500 600
A 2 3 3.8 5 6.8 9.6 12.6 16.2 22 28.8 36 42 57 70 84 114 138 162 200 270 330 400 480 520 560 680 770 850
A 1.8 2.75 3.5 4.4 6.1 8.7 11.5 14.5 20 27 32 39 52 64 75 103 126 150 182 240 295 356 425 472 520 626 700 800
A 1.03 1.6 2 2.6 3.5 5 6.6 8.5 11.5 15.5 18.5 22 30 37 44 60 72 85 105 138 170 205 245 273 300 370 408 460 528 584 635 710 900 1000 1100 1260
A 0.98 1.5 1.9 2.5 3.4 4.8 6.3 8.1 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 100 131 162 195 233 222 285 352 388 437 555 605 675 855 950 1045 1200
A 2 2.5 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14 17 21 28 35 40 55 66 80 100 135 165 200 240 260 280 340 385 425 535 580 650 820 920
A 0.99 1.36 1.68 2.37 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 236 256 321 353 401 505 549 611 780 870
A 1 1.21 1.5 2 2.6 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 13.9 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 80 105 129 156 187 207 220 281 310 360 445 500 540 680 760 850 960
A 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 4.9 6.6 6.9 10.6 14 17.3 21.9 25.4 54.6 42 49 61 82 98 118 140 152 170 200 215 235 274 337 370 410 515 575 645 725 830 925
A 3.5 4.9 6.7 9 10.5 12.1 16.5 20.2 24.2 33 40 46.8 58 75.7 94 113 135 165 203 224 253 321 350 390 494 549 605 694 790 880
A 11 15 18.5 22 30 36 42 52 69 85 103 123 136 150 185 204 230 292 318 356 450 500 550 630
A 0.4 0.6 0.75 1 1.3 1.9 2.5 3 3.3 4.5 6 7 9 12 14.5 17 23 28 33 40 53 65 78 90 100 115 138 150 160 200 220 239 250 262 273 288 320 350 380 425 480 550 610
1070 990 1150 1250 1570 1760 1980
1020 965 1140 1075
800 1090 1450 1320 1250 900 1220 1610 1470 1390 (1) Values conforming to the NEC (National Electrical Code).
1100 1220
These values are given as a guide. They may vary depending on the type of motor and manufacturer.
Schneider Electric
X0009_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Combinations for assembly TeSys motor starters - open by the customer version
D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker
0.06 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie Iq (1) P Ie kW A kA kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 37 45 55 75 90 0.22 0.36 0.42 0.6 0.88 0.98 1.5 2 2.5 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 69 81 100 135 165 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 15 15 15 15 10 35 35 35 15 25 25 25 35 35 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 37 45 45 50 75 90 110 0.19 0.28 0.37 0.55 0.76 0.99 1.36 1.68 2.37 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 64 76 76 90 125 146 178 500 V P Ie kW A 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 18.5 22 30 37 45 45 55 55 75 90 110 132 160 1 1.21 1.5 2 2.6 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 13.9 18.4 23 28.5 28.5 33 45 55 65 65 80 80 105 129 156 187 220 Circuit-breaker Reference (2) Iq (1) kA 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 6 6 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 4 18 4 18 30 30 30 30 30 GV2-ME02 GV2-ME03 GV2-ME04 GV2-ME05 GV2-ME06 GV2-ME06 GV2-ME07 GV2-ME08 GV2-ME10 GV2-ME14 GV2-ME16 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME21 GV2-ME22 GV2-ME32 GV3-ME40 GV3-ME40 GV3-ME63 GV3-ME63 GV3-ME80 GV7-RE80 GV3-ME80 GV7-RE80 GV7-RE100 GV7-RE100 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE220 GV7-RE220 Setting range of thermal trips A 0.160.25 0.250.40 0.400.63 0.631 11.6 11.6 1.6.2.5 2.54 46.3 610 914 1318 1723 2025 2432 2540 2540 4063 4063 5680 4880 5680 4880 60100 60100 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 Contactor Reference
Iq (1) kA 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 15 8 8 8 6 6 25 25 25 10 25 10 25 25 35 35 35
LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09 LC1-K09 or LC1-D09 LC1-K12 or LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D38 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D95 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F265
110 200 35 132 215 35 GV7-RE220 132220 LC1-F225 (1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.
24539_Ver3.20-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie Iq (1) P Ie kW A kA kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 0.22 0.36 0.42 0.6 0.88 0.98 1.5 2 2.5 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 100 135 165 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 50 50 50 35 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 2.2 3 4 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 0.19 0.28 0.37 0.55 0.76 0.99 1.36 1.68 2.37 3.06 4.42 5.77 4.42 5.77 7.9 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 500 V P Ie kW A 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 3 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 90 110 1 1.21 1.5 2 2.6 3.8 5 5 6.5 9 6.5 9 12 13.9 18.4 23 28.5 28.5 33 45 55 65 80 129 156 Circuit-breaker Reference (2) Iq (1) kA 130 130 130 130 130 130 50 130 10 10 50 50 42 42 10 10 10 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Setting range of thermal trips A Contactor Reference (3)
Iq (1) kA 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 50 50 130 130 15 130 50 50 20 20 25 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65
GV2-P02 or GV2-ME02 0.160.25 GV2-P03 or GV2-ME03 0.250.4 GV2-P04 or GV2-ME04 0.40.63 GV2-P05 or GV2-ME05 0.631 GV2-P06 or GV2-ME06 11.6 GV2-P06 or GV2-ME06 11.6 GV2-P07 or GV2-ME07 1.62.5 GV2-P08 or GV2-ME08 2.54 GV2-P10 or GV2-ME10 46.3 GV2-ME10 GV2-P10 46.3 46.3
LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265
GV2-P14 or GV2-ME14 610 GV2-ME14 GV2-P14 610 610
GV2-P16 or GV2-ME16 914 GV2-P20 or GV2-ME20 1318 GV2-P21 or GV2-ME21 1723 GV2-P22 or GV2-ME22 2025 GV2-P22 2025 GV2-P32 or GV2-ME32 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS50 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS50 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS100 GV7-RS150 GV7-RS220 2540 2540 2540 2540 3050 4880 3050 4880 4880 4880 4880 4880 60100 90150 132220
110 200 70 132 215 65 GV7-RS220 132220 132 187 50 160 220 50 GV7-RS220 132220 (1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) Combinations with circuit-breaker GV2-ME are type 2 coordinated only at 400/415 V and 440 V. (3) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.
Schneider Electric
24539_Ver3.20-EN.fm/3
D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker and overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference RatIrm Reference Reference Setting 400/415 V 440 V 500 V ing (1) (2) range P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0302 0.160.23 0.06 0.22 50 0.06 0.19 50 GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0303 0.230.36 0.09 0.28 50 0.09 0.36 50 0.12 0.37 50 GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.360.54 GV2-LE04 0.63 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.360.54 0.12 0.42 50 GV2-LE04 0.63 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.540.8 0.18 0.6 50 0.18 0.55 50 GV2-LE05 1 13 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.540.8 0.25 0.76 50 0.25 0.88 50 GV2-LE05 1 13 LC1-K06 LR2-K0306 0.81.2 0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 0.55 1.5 50 0.55 1.36 50 0.55 1.21 50 0.75 1.5 50 GV2-LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.21.8 GV2-LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.21.8 0.75 1.68 50 0.75 2 50 GV2-LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0308 1.82.6 1.1 2.5 50 1.1 2.37 50 1.1 2 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC1-K06 LR2-K0310 2.63.7 1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 1.5 2.6 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5 2.2 3.8 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5 2.2 5 50 2.2 4.4 50 3 5 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-K06 LR2-K0314 5.58 3 5.77 50 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.58 4 7.9 15 3 6.5 50 4 6.5 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.58 4 8.4 50 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0316 811.5 5.5 11 15 5.5 10.4 8 7.5 12 6 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC1-K12 LR2-K0321 1014 7.5 13.7 8 9 13.9 6 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218 7.5 14.8 15 9 16.9 8 GV2-LE20 18 223 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218 9 18.1 15 11 18.4 4 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624 11 21 15 11 20.1 6 15 23 4 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624 15 28.5 10 15 26.5 6 18.5 26.5 4 GV2-LE32 32 416 LC1-D32 LRD-32 2332 NS80HMA 50 500 LC1-D38 LRD-35 3038 18.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040 22 33 25 22 39 65 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D40 LRD-3357 3750 22 42 70 30 40 25 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750 NS80HMA 50 880 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865 30 57 70 30 51.5 65 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865 37 64 65 37 55 25 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 5570 45 65 25 NS80HMA 80 1040 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380 37 69 70 45 76 65 55 80 25 NS100/MA (3) 100 1300 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 80104 45 81 (3) 50 90 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 1200 LC1-D115 LRD-4365 80104 75 105 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1500 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95120 NS160/MA (3) 150 1350 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95120 55 100 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1800 LC1-D150 LRD-4369 110140 75 135 (3) 75 125 (3) 90 129 (3) 90 146 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220 NS250/MA (3) 220 2200 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220 90 165 (3) 110 156 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2640 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220 110 200 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2420 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220 110 178 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2640 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132220 132 187 (3) 132 215 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2860 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132220 NS400/MA (3) 320 3200 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330 132 240 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 2860 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330 160 220 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3520 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330 160 256 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 4160 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330 160 285 (3) 200 321 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3840 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330 200 281 (3) 220 310 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 4160 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500 NS630/MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500 200 352 (3) 220 353 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5550 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500 250 401 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500 250 360 (3) 220 388 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500 250 437 (3) 280 470 (3) 315 445 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 6000 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500 355 500 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7381 380630 (1) Irm: magnetic trip setting current. (2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2. (3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the (/) with the breaking performance code Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100/MA NS160/MA and NS250/MA NS400/MA and NS630/MA 400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130 440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130 500 V 18 50 30 50 50 70 660/690 V 8 10 8 10 20 35 Code N H N H H L
24540_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay Reference Reference Setting 400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (2) range P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq (1) kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A 0.06 0.22 130 0.06 0.19 130 GV2-L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1-D09 LRD-02 0.160.25 0.09 0.36 130 0.09 0.28 130 GV2-L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1-D09 LRD-03 0.250.40 0.12 0.37 130 0.12 0.42 130 0.12 0.37 130 GV2-L04 or LE04 0.63 8 LC1-D09 LRD-04 0.40.63 0.18 0.6 130 0.18 0.55 130 0.25 0.88 130 0.25 0.76 130 0.37 0.98 130 0.37 0.99 130 GV2-L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.631 0.37 0.99 130 0.37 1 130 GV2-L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1-D09 LRD-06 11.7 0.55 1.6 130 0.55 1.21 130 GV2-L06 or LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1-D09 LRD-06 11.7 0.55 1.36 130 0.75 1.5 130 0.75 2 130 0.75 1.68 130 1.1 2 130 GV2-L07 or LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.62.5 1.1 2.5 130 1.1 2.37 130 1.5 2.6 130 GV2-L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.54 1.5 3.5 130 2.2 3.8 130 GV2-L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46 1.5 3.06 130 2.2 5 130 GV2-L10 or LE10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46 3 5 13 2.2 4.42 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46 3 5.77 50 3 5 50 2.2 4.42 130 GV2-L10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46 3 5.77 130 3 5 130 3 6.5 130 GV2-L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.58 4 6.5 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D12 LRD-12 5.58 4 6.5 50 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D12 LRD-12 5.58 4 8.4 130 GV2-L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710 4 7.9 15 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710 4 7.9 130 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710 5.5 9 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710 5.5 9 50 GV2-L16 14 170 LC1-D25 LRD-16 913 5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 7.5 12 42 7.5 13.7 50 GV2-L16 14 170 LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218 7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 9 13.9 42 GV2-L20 18 223 LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218 9 18.1 50 11 21 50 11 20.1 20 GV2-L22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624 11 18.4 10 GV2-L22 25 327 LC1-D32 LRD-22 1624 15 23 10 GV2-L32 32 416 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 2332 15 28.5 50 15 26.5 20 18.5 28.5 10 22 33 25 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 2332 18.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 NS80HMA 50 550 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750 22 42 70 22 39 65 30 45 25 30 51.5 65 NS80HMA 80 880 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865 30 57 70 37 64 65 37 55 25 NS100/MA (3) 100 880 LC1-D80 LRD-3359 4865 37 55 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 960 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 5570 45 65 (3) NS80HMA 80 1000 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380 37 69 70 45 76 65 NS100/MA (3) 100 1040 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380 55 80 (3) 45 81 (3) 55 90 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 1300 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60100 NS160/MA (3) 150 1500 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150 55 100 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1050 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150 75 105 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150 75 135 (3) 75 125 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150 90 146 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1200 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150 90 129 (3) 90 165 (3) 110 178 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2420 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220 NS250/MA (3) 220 1540 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220 110 156 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2860 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220 110 200 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2200 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132220 132 215 (3) 132 187 (3) 132 240 (3) 160 256 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3520 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330 NS400/MA (3) 320 2200 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330 160 220 (3) 160 285 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 4000 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330 NS400/MA (3) 320 4000 LC1-F330 LR9-F7379 300500 200 321 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200330 200 281 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500 220 310 (3) 220 353 (3) 200 352 (3) 250 401 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500 250 360 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 4500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500 315 445 (3) 220 388 (3) 250 437 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 6250 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500 355 500 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630 (1) Irm: magnetic trip setting current. (2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2. (3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the (/) with the breaking performance code: see page opposite.
Schneider Electric
24540_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie P Ie kW A kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 (3) 45 0.22 0.36 0.42 0.6 0.88 1 1.5 2 2.5 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 0.19 0.28 0.37 0.55 0.76 1 1.36 1.68 2.37 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 500 V P kW 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 Fuse carrier (1) (basic block) Reference Ie A 1 1.21 1.5 2 2.6 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 13.9 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 80 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 GK1-EK GK1-EK GK1-EK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 14 x 51 14 x 51 14 x 51 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 aM fuses Size Rating A 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 6 8 8 12 16 16 20 25 32 40 50 80 80 80 80 100 100 125 125 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K06 LC1-K09 LC1-K09 LC1-K12 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D95 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LR2-K0302 LR2-K0303 LR2-K0304 LR2-K0305 LR2-K0306 LR2-K0307 LR2-K0308 LR2-K0310 LR2-K0312 LR2-K0312 LR2-K0314 LR2-K0316 LR2-K0321 LRD-21 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-32 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LRD-3359 LRD-3361 LRD-3361 LRD-3363 LRD-3365 LRD-4365 LRD-4367 Contactor Reference (2) Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 0.160.23 0.230.36 0.360.54 0.540.8 0.81.2 1.21.8 1.82.6 2.63.7 3.75.5 3.75.5 5.58 811.5 1014 1218 1218 1624 2332 3040 3750 4865 4865 5570 5570 6380 8093 80104 95120
55 100 75 105 GK1-FK (1) For breaking under load, add a rotary switch disconnector. (2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2. (3) 400 V maximum.
24541_Ver3.11-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie P Ie kW A kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315 0.22 0.36 0.42 0.6 0.88 1 1.5 2 2.5 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 100 135 165 200 240 285 352 388 437 555 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315 0.19 0.28 0.37 0.55 0.76 1 1.36 1.68 2.37 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 256 321 353 401 505 Switch-disconnectorfuse 500 V P kW 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315 355 Ie A 1 1.21 1.5 2 2.6 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 13.9 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 80 105 129 156 187 220 281 310 360 445 500 Reference A GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-F GS1-F GS1-F GS1-F GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-L GS1-L GS1-N GS1-N GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-S GS1-S GS1-S GS1-S 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 14 x 51 14 x 51 14 x 51 14 x 51 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 T0 T0 T1 T2 T2 T2 T2 T3 T3 T3 T3 T4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 6 8 10 16 16 20 25 32 40 50 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 125 160 200 250 315 315 400 400 500 500 630 630 800 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D95 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D95 LC1-D150 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F630 LRD-02 LRD-03 LRD-04 LRD-05 LRD-06 LRD-07 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-32 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LRD-3359 LRD-3361 LRD-3361 LRD-3363 LR9-D5367 LRD-3365 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 aM fuses Size Rating Contactor Reference (1) Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 0.160.25 0.250.4 0.40.63 0.631 11.7 1.62.5 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 1218 1218 1624 2332 3040 3750 4865 4865 5570 5570 6380 60100 8093 90150 90150 132220 132220 200330 200330 200330 200330 300500 300500 380630 380630 380630
355 549 400 611 400 540 GS1-V (1) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.
Schneider Electric
24541_Ver3.11-EN.fm/3
Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

Maximum operating rate: LC3-K: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) kW A A kA 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 30 37 37 45 55 75 90 110 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 57 69 69 81 100 135 165 200 2 2.9 3.8 4.9 6.4 8.6 10 12 17 20 24 33 33 40 40 47 58 78 95 115 50 50 50 50 15 15 15 15 10 35 35 35 25 15 25 25 25 35 35 35 Circuit-breaker Reference 440 V P kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 30 37 37 45 45 55 75 90 110 Ie A 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 51.5 64 64 76 76 90 125 146 178 IrD (1) Iq (2) A kA 1.8 2.6 3.3 4.6 6 7.9 9.8 12 15 19 23 30 30 37 37 44 44 52 72 84 103 50 50 50 15 8 8 8 6 6 25 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 25 35 35 35 GV2-ME08 GV2-ME10 GV2-ME14 GV2-ME16 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME21 GV2-ME22 GV2-ME32 GV3-ME40 GV3-ME40 GV3-ME63 GV7-RE80 GV3-ME63 GV7-RE80 GV3-ME80 GV7-RE80 GV3-ME80 GV7-RE80 GV7-RE100 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE220 Star-delta contactors Reference
Setting range of thermal trips A 2.54 46.3 610 914 1318 1318 1723 2025 2432 2540 2540 4063 4880 4063 4880 5680 4880 5680 4880 60100 90150 90150 132220
LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K09 LC3-D12A LC3-D12A LC3-D12A LC3-D18A LC3-D18A LC3-D18A LC3-D32A LC3-D32A LC3-D32A LC3-D32A LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D80 LC3-D115 LC3-D115
132 215 124 35 GV7-RE220 132220 LC3-D150 (1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection. (2) The breaking performance of motor circuit breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter, GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.
24542_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

Maximum operating rate: LC1-D: 30 starts/hour; LC1-F: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: LC1-D: 30 seconds; LC1-F: 20 seconds. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V P Ie Iq kW A kA 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 100 135 165 130 130 130 130 130 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Circuit-breaker Reference 440 V P kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 Ie A 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 Iq (1) kA 130 130 130 130 50 50 20 20 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 GV2-P08 GV2-P10 GV2-P10 GV2-P14 GV2-P14 GV2-P16 GV2-P16 GV2-P20 GV2-P21 GV2-P22 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS50 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS100 GV7-RS100 GV7-RS150 GV7-RS150 GV7-RS220 Star-delta contactors Reference
Setting range of thermal trips A 2.54 46.3 4...6.3 610 610 914 914 1318 1723 2025 2540 2540 2540 3050 4880 4880 4880 60100 60100 90150 90150 132220
3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D115 3 x LC1-D115 3 x LC1-D150 3 x LC1-D150 3 x LC1-F185
110 200 70 132 215 65 GV7-RS220 132220 3 x LC1-F225 (1) The breaking performance of motor circuit breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.
Schneider Electric
24542_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker and overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

Maximum operating rate: LC3-K and LC3-F: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: LC3-K and LC3-D: 30 seconds; LC3-F: 20 seconds. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 440 V 400/415 V P Ie IrD(1) Iq P kW A A kA kW 1.5 1.5 3.5 2 50 2.2 2.2 5 3 50 3 3 6.5 4 50 4 4 8.4 5 50 5.5 5.5 11 6 15 7.5 7.5 14.8 9 15 9 9 18.1 10 15 11 11 21 12 15 15 15 28.5 16 10 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 35 42 57 69 81 100 135 165 200 240 285 352 388 480 20 24 33 40 47 58 78 96 116 139 165 204 225 278 70 70 70 70 (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 Circuit-breaker Reference Ie A 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 256 321 353 401 IrD(1) A 1.8 3 3 5 6 8 10 12 15 19 23 30 37 44 52 72 85 103 125 148 186 204 233 Iq kA 50 50 50 50 15 8 8 8 6 65 65 65 65 65 65 (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) Star-delta contactors Reference Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K09 LC3-K09 LC3-D12A LC3-K12 LC3-K12 LC3-K12 LC3-D18A LC3-D18A LC3-D18A LC3-D18A LC3-D32A LC3-D32A LC3-D32A LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D40 LC3-D80 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D80 LC3-D115 LC3-D115 LC3-D150 LC3-D115 LC3-D150 LC3-F225 LC3-D150 LC3-F185 LC3-F225 LC3-F265 LC3-F330 LR2-K0308 LR2-K0310 LR2-K0312 LR2-K0312 LR2-K0312 LR2-K0314 LR2-K0314 LR2-K0316 LR2-K0316 LRD-16 LR2-K0316 LR2-K0321 LR2-K0321 LRD-21 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-22 LRD-32 LRD-32 LRD-35 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LRD-3359 LRD-3363 LRD-3357 LRD-3361 LRD-3363 LRD-4365 LRD-4365 LRD-4369 LRD-4369 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5371 LRD-4369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 1.82.6 2.63.7 3.75.5 3.75.5 3.75.5 5.58 5.58 811.5 811.5 811.5 811.5 1014 1014 1218 1218 1624 1624 2332 2332 3038 3040 3750 4865 4865 6380 3750 5570 6380 80104 80104 110140 110140 90150 132220 110140 132220 132220 200330 200330 200330 200330 300500
Rating A
Irm (2) A 51 78 138 78 138 138 170 170 223 170 327 223 327 327 384 350 400 400 560 560 560 640 800 640 1200 800 1200 1200 1200 1760 1760 1760 2240 3150 2240 2560 3150 3500 4000
GV2-LE08 GV2-LE10 GV2-LE14 GV2-LE10 GV2-LE14 GV2-LE14 GV2-LE16 GV2-LE16 GV2-LE20 GV2-LE16 GV2-LE22 GV2-LE20 GV2-LE22 GV2-LE22 GV2-LE32 NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS160/MA (3) NS100/MA (3) NS100/MA (3) NS160/MA (3) NS160/MA (3) NS250/MA (3) NS250/MA (3) NS250/MA (3) NS400/MA (3) NS630/MA (3) NS400/MA (3) NS400/MA (3) NS630/MA (3) NS630/MA (3) NS630/MA (3)
4 6.3 10 6.3 10 10 14 14 18 14 25 18 25 25 32 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 150 100 100 150 150 220 220 220 320 500 320 320 500 500 500
C801/+STR35ME 800 4000 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 315 505 295 (3) C801/+STR35ME 800 4500 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 315 555 322 (3) 355 518 300 (3) C801/+STR35ME 800 5000 LC3-F400 LR9-F7379 375 575 334 (3) (1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection. (2) Irm: magnetic trip setting current. (3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the (/) with the breaking performance code Breaking NS100/MA NS160/MA NS400/MA C801/ performance Iq (kA) NS250/MA NS630/MA +STR35ME 400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130 70 150 440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130 65 100 Code E S E S H L H L
24543_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker and overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

Maximum operating rate: LC3-D: 30 starts/hour; LC3-F: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: LC3-D: 30 seconds; LC3-F: 20 seconds. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie Iq P kW A kA kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 100 135 165 200 240 285 130 130 130 130 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 Circuit-breaker Reference Ie A 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 256 321 Iq kA 130 130 130 20 20 20 20 20 65 65 65 65 65 65 (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) GV2-L08 GV2-L10 GV2-L14 GV2-L14 GV2-L16 GV2-L20 GV2-L22 GV2-L22 NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS80HMA NS100/MA (2) NS160/MA (2) NS160/MA (2) NS160/MA (2) NS250/MA (2) NS250/MA (2) NS250/MA (2) NS400/MA (2) NS400/MA (2) NS400/MA (2) Star-delta contactors Reference Thermal overload relays Reference Setting range A 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D40 3 x LC1-D50 3 x LC1-D50 3 x LC1-D65 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D115 3 x LC1-D115 3 x LC1-D150 3 x LC1-D150 3 x LC1-F185 3 x LC1-F225 3 x LC1-F225 3 x LC1-F265 3 x LC1-F330 3 x LC1-F330 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-3353 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LRD-3363 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 2.54 46 710 913 913 1218 1218 1624 2332 3040 3750 4865 6380 60100 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 200330 200330 200330 300500 300500 300500 300500
Rating A 4 6.3 10 10 14 18 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 100 150 150 150 220 220 220 320 320 320
Irm (1) A 51 78 138 138 170 223 327 327 300 350 400 560 640 800 1200 1200 1200 1760 1760 1760 2240 2560 2880
NS630/MA (2) 500 3150 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 200 352 (2) 220 353 (2) NS630/MA (2) 500 3500 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 220 388 (2) 250 401 (2) 250 437 (2) NS630/MA (2) 500 4000 3 x LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 (1) Irm: magnetic trip setting current. (2) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the (/) with the breaking performance code Breaking NS100/MA NS160/MA NS400/MA performance Iq (kA) NS250/MA NS630/MA 400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130 440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130 Code E S E S H L
Schneider Electric
24543_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3
Star-delta starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Maximum operating rate: LC3-K and LC3-F: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: LC3-K and LC3-D: 30 seconds; LC3-F: 20 seconds. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V P Ie IrD Iq (1) kW A A kA 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 220 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 100 135 165 200 240 285 388 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 12 16 20 24 33 40 47 58 78 95 115 139 165 225 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Fuse carrier (basic block) Reference Ie A 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 256 321 IrD (1) A 2 3 3 5 6 8 10 12 15 19 23 30 37 44 52 72 84 103 124 148 185 Iq kA 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 LS1-D32 GK1-EK GK1-EK GK1-EK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GK1-FK GS1-K GS1-K GS1-L GS1-L GS1-N GS1-N GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-S GS1-S GS1-S GS1-S A 10 x 38 4 10 x 38 6 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 8 8 12 16 16 20 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K06 LC3-K09 LC3-D12A LC3-D12A LC3-D18A LC3-D18A LC3-D18A LC3-D32A LC3-D32A LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D80 LC3-D115 LC3-D115 LC3-D115 LC3-D150 LC3-F185 LC3-F225 LC3-F265 LC3-F265 LC3-F330 LC3-F330 LC3-F400 LR2-K0308 LR2-K0310 LR2-K0310 LR2-K0312 LR2-K0312 LR2-K0314 LR2-K0316 LRD-16 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-22 LRD-32 LRD-32 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3357 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LRD-3361 LRD-3363 LRD-4365 LRD-4367 LRD-4367 LRD-4369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5369 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 A 1.82.6 2.63.7 2.63.7 3.75.5 3.75.5 5.58 811.5 913 913 1218 1624 1624 2332 2332 3040 3750 3750 3750 4865 5570 6380 80104 95120 95120 110140 132220 132220 200330 200330 200330 200330 300500 aM fuses Size Rating Star-delta contactors Reference Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range
440 V P kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200
14 x 51 25 14 x 51 32 14 x 51 40 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 50 50 63 80 80 80 100
22 x 58 100 22 x 58 125 T0 T0 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T2 T3 T3 T3 T3 160 160 200 200 250 315 400 400 500 500 630 630
250 401 233 280 480 278 100 315 505 293 315 555 322 100 355 518 300 375 575 334 (1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.
24544_Ver3.11-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Star-delta starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Maximum operating rate: LC1-D: 30 starts/hour; LC1-F: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: LC1-D: 30 seconds; LC1-F: 20 seconds. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie Iq P kW A kA kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315 355 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 35 42 57 69 81 100 135 165 200 240 285 352 388 437 555 605 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315 355 400 Switchdisconnectorfuse Reference GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-DD GS1-F GS1-F GS1-F GS1-F GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-J GS1-L GS1-L GS1-L GS1-L GS1-N GS1-N GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-QQ GS1-S GS1-S GS1-S GS1-V GS1-V aM fuses Size Rating A 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 10 x 38 14 x 51 14 x 51 14 x 51 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 22 x 58 T0 T0 T0 T0 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T3 T3 T3 T4 T4 A 4 6 8 10 16 16 25 32 40 50 80 80 80 100 125 125 160 160 200 250 315 315 400 500 500 630 800 800 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D12 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D32 3 x LC1-D40 3 x LC1-D50 3 x LC1-D65 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D115 3 x LC1-D115 3 x LC1-D150 3 x LC1-D150 3 x LC1-F185 3 x LC1-F185 3 x LC1-F225 3 x LC1-F265 3 x LC1-F330 3 x LC1-F330 3 x LC1-F400 3 x LC1-F500 3 x LC1-F630 3 x LC1-F630 3 x LC1-F780 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-32 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3361 LRD-3363 LRD-3365 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 Star-delta contactors Reference Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 1218 1624 2332 3040 3750 5570 6380 8093 60100 90150 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 200330 200330 300500 300500 300500 380630 380630 380630
Ie A 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 32.8 39 51.5 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 256 321 353 401 505 549 611
Iq kA 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Schneider Electric
24544_Ver3.11-EN.fm/3
D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (BS fuses)
0.06 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 415 V 440 V P Ie P Ie kW A kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 30 45 55 80 100 110 140 160 220 0.22 0.36 0.42 0.6 0.88 1 1.5 2 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14 18.1 21 28.5 42 57 81 100 138 182 196 250 285 388 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 30 45 55 80 100 110 140 160 220 0.19 0.28 0.37 0.55 0.76 1 1.36 1.68 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20 26.5 39 51.5 76 90 132 162 178 226 256 353 500 V P kW 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 30 45 55 80 100 110 140 160 220 257 Switchdisconnectorfuse Reference GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB BS fuses Size Rating A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 NIT 2 NIT 2 NIT 2 NIT 2 NIT 4 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LRD-02 LRD-03 LRD-04 LRD-05 LRD-05 Contactor Reference (1) Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 0.160.25 0.250.4 0.40.63 0.631 0.631
Ie A 1 1.2 1.5 2.6 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 13.9 18.4 23 33 45 65 80 116 143 156 200 220 310 362
GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-LLB GS1-LLB GS1-LLB GS1-LLB GS1-LB GS1-LB GS1-LB GS1-MMB GS1-MMB GS1-NB GS1-NB GS1-QQB GS1-QQB GS1-QQB
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 A4 A4 A4 A4 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B4 B4 B4 C2 C2 C2
NIT 6 NIT 10 NIT 10 NIT 16 NIT 16 NIT 20 NIT 20 NIT 20M25 NIT 20M32 TIA 32M35 TIA TIA TIS TIS TIS TIS 32M50 32M63 63M80 63M100 63M100 63M100 100M125 100M125 100M160 100M160
LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D95 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630
LRD-06 LRD-07 LRD-08 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-32 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LRD-3359 LRD-3363 LRD-3365 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381
11.7 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 1218 1218 1624 2332 3040 3750 4865 4865 6380 8093 90150 60100 90150 90150 132220 132220 132220 132220 200330 200330 300500 300500 300500 380630 380630
TCP TCP TCP TCP
TF 200 TF 200M250 TF 200M250 TF 200M250 TF 200M315 TKF 315M355 TKF 315M355 TKF 315M355 TMF 400 TMF 400M450 TTM 500 TTM 500 TTM 630
270 380 GS1-SB 257 450 257 412 270 460 270 433 GS1-SB 375 610 375 577 375 508 425 556 GS1-SB (1) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.
24545-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Star-delta starters with fuse protection (BS fuses)

Maximum operating rate: LC1-D: 30 starts/hour; LC1-F: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: LC1-D: 30 seconds; LC1-F: 20 seconds. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 415 V 440 V P Ie Iq P kW A kA kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 30 45 55 80 100 110 140 160 220 257 270 375 3.5 5 6.5 8.4 11 14.8 18.1 21 28.5 42 57 81 100 138 182 196 250 285 388 450 460 610 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 30 45 55 80 100 110 140 160 220 257 270 375 Switchdisconnectorfuses Reference GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-DDB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-GB GS1-LLB GS1-LLB GS1-LB GS1-MMB GS1-MMB GS1-NB GS1-QQB GS1-QQB GS1-SB GS1-SB BS fuses Size Rating A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A4 A4 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B4 C2 C2 NIT 16 NIT 16 NIT 20 NIT 20 NIT 20M25 NIT 20M32 TIA 32M35 TIA 32M50 TIA 32M63 TIS 63M80 TIS 63M100 TIS 63M100 TCP 100M125 TCP 100M160 TF 200M250 TF 200M250 TF 200M315 TFK 315M355 TFK 315M355 TMF 400M450 TTM 500 TTM 630 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D09 3 x LC1-D12 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D18 3 x LC1-D25 3 x LC1-D32 3 x LC1-D40 3 x LC1-D50 3 x LC1-D65 3 x LC1-D80 3 x LC1-D115 3 x LC1-D150 3 x LC1-F185 3 x LC1-F225 3 x LC1-F265 3 x LC1-F330 3 x LC1-F400 3 x LC1-F500 3 x LC1-F630 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-32 LRD-3355 LRD-3359 LRD-3359 LRD-3363 LR9-D5369 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 Contactor Reference Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 1218 1218 1624 2332 3040 4865 4865 6380 90150 90150 132220 132220 200330 200330 300500 300500 380630
Ie A 3.06 4.42 5.77 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 39 51.5 76 90 132 162 178 226 256 353 412 433 577
Iq kA 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
Schneider Electric
24545-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3
D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers with overload protection by separate module
0.06 to 4 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie Iq P Ie Iq kW A kA kW A kA 0.06 0.22 70 0.06 0.19 70 500 V P Ie kW A Contactor breaker Without control test function Reference LD1-LB030 With control test function Reference Protection module Reference Setting range Thermal Magnetic (2) (3) A A LB1-LB03P02 0.160.25 3.8
Iq kA
0.09 0.36 70
0.09 0.28 70
LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030
LD4-LC130
LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LC03M05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LC03M13
0.250.4 0.250.4 0.250.4 0.250.4 0.40.63 0.40.63 0.40.63 0.40.63 0.631 0.631 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 1.62.5 1.62.5 1.62.5 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 46 46.3 46 46.3 610 6.310 610 6.310
6 2.44.8 6 2.44.8 9.5 3.87.6 9.5 3.87.6 15 612 24 9.519 24 9.519 37.5 1530 37.5 1530 60 2448 60 2448 90 3876 90 3876 150 60120 150 60120
0.12 0.37 70
LD4-LC130
0.12 0.42 70
0.18 0.55 70
LD4-LC130
0.18 0.6
70
LD4-LC130
0.25 0.88 70
0.25 0.76 70
0.37 1
70
LD4-LC130
0.37 1
70
0.37 1
70
0.55 1.21 70
LD4-LC130
0.55 1.5
70
0.55 1.36 70
0.75 1.5
70
LD4-LC130
0.75 2
70
0.75 1.68 70
1.1
70
LD4-LC130
1.1
2.37 70
LD4-LC130
1.1
2.5
70
1.5
2.6
70
LD4-LC130
1.5
3.5
70
1.5
3.06 70
2.2
3.8
70
LD4-LC130
2.2
70
2.2
4.42 (1)
15
LD4-LC130
5.77 (1)
LD4-LC130
6.5
70
7.9
(1)
6.5
15
LD4-LC130
8.4
70
5.5
15
LD4-LC130
(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1-LB; Iq = 70 kA for LD/-LC. (2) Irth min to Irth max. (3) For LB1-LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1-LC, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.
24570_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers with overload protection by separate module
5.5 to 30 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400/415 V 440 V P Ie Iq P Ie Iq kW A kA kW A kA 5.5 11 70 5.5 10.4 (1) 500 V P Ie kW A 7.5 12 Contactor breaker Without control test function Reference LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LB030 or LD1-LC030 LD1-LC030 With control test function Reference Protection module Reference Setting range Thermal Magnetic (3) (4) A A LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M22 1016 1016 1016 1016 1218 1016 1218 1625 1625 240 95190 240 95190 270 95190 270 150300 150300
Iq kA (2)
LD4-LC130
7.5
14.8 70
7.5
13.7 (1)
LD4-LC130
13.9 (2)
LD4-LC130
18.1 70
16.9 (1)
LD4-LC130 LD4-LC130
11
21
70
11
20.1 70
11
18.4 20
15
23
20
LD1-LC030
LD4-LC130
LB1-LC03M22
1625
150300
15
28.5 70
15
26.5 30
18.5 28.5 15
LD1-LC030
LD4-LC130
LB1-LC03M53
2332
190380
18.5 35
70
18.5 32.8 70
22
33
35
LD1-LD030
LD4-LD130
LB1-LD03M55
2840
240480
22
39
70
LD1-LD030
LD4-LD130
LB1-LD03M55
2840
240480
22
42
70
30
45
35
LD1-LD030
LD4-LD130
LB1-LD03M57
3550
300600
30
57
70
30
51.5 40
37
55
35
LD1-LD030
LD4-LD130
LB1-LD03M61
4563
380760
33
58.5 40
LD1-LD030
LD4-LD130
LB1-LD03M61
4563
380760
(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1-LB ; Iq = 70 kA for LD/-LC. (2) Iq = 10 kA for LD1-LB ; Iq = 25 kA for LD/-LC. (3) Irth min to Irth max. (4) For LB1-LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1-LC and LB1-LD, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.
Schneider Electric
24570_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 690 V P Ie Iq (1) kW A kA 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 33 37 45 55 80 90 100 110 129 132 160 200 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.6 2 2.9 3.8 5 6.7 8.8 12 13 16.5 21 25 33 35 41 49 60 86 95 105 115 132 139 167 202 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Circuit-breaker Reference (2) Setting range of thermal trips A GV2-ME05 GV2-ME05 GV2-ME06 GV2-ME07 GV2-ME07 GV2-ME08 GV2-ME08 GV2-ME10 GV2-ME14 GV2-ME14 GV2-ME16 GV2-ME16 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME21 GV7-RE40 GV7-RE40 GV7-RE50 GV7-RE50 GV7-RE50 GV7-RE80 GV7-RE100 GV7-RE100 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE150 GV7-RE220 GV7-RE220 0.631 0.631 11.6 1.62.5 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 46.3 610 610 914 914 1318 1723 2540 2540 3050 3050 3050 4880 60100 60100 90150 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 Contactor Reference (3)
220 224 20 NS400H+STR43ME 190320 LC1-F330 250 253 20 NS400H+STR43ME 190320 LC1-F400 280 284 20 NS400H+STR43ME 190320 LC1-F400 315 321 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F500 335 335 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F500 400 400 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F630 450 450 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F630 475 470 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F780 (1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased to 15 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3. (2) NS400H, NS630H and STR43ME: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.
4573 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 690 V P Ie Iq (1) kW A kA 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 33 37 45 55 80 90 100 110 129 132 160 200 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.6 2 2.9 3.8 5 6.7 8.8 12 13 16.5 21 25 33 35 41 49 60 86 95 105 115 132 139 167 202 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Circuit-breaker Reference (2) Setting range of thermal trips A GV2-P05 GV2-P05 GV2-P06 GV2-P07 GV2-P07 GV2-P08 GV2-P08 GV2-P10 GV2-P14 GV2-P14 GV2-P16 GV2-P16 GV2-P20 GV2-P21 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS40 GV7-RS50 GV7-RS50 GV7-RS50 GV7-RS80 GV7-RS100 GV7-RS100 GV7-RS150 GV7-RS150 GV7-RS150 GV7-RS150 GV7-RS220 GV7-RS220 0.631 0.631 11.6 1.62.5 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 46.3 610 610 914 914 1318 1723 2540 2540 3050 3050 3050 4880 60100 60100 90150 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 Contactor Reference (3)
220 224 35 NS400L+STR43ME 190320 LC1-F330 250 253 35 NS400L+STR43ME 190320 LC1-F400 280 284 35 NS400L+STR43ME 190320 LC1-F500 315 321 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F500 335 335 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F630 400 400 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F630 450 450 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F630 475 470 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300500 LC1-F780 (1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased to 50 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3. (2) NS400L, NS630L and STR43ME: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.
Schneider Electric
24573 Ver2.00-EN.fm/

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 690 V P Ie Iq (1) kW A kA 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 33 37 45 55 80 90 100 110 129 132 160 200 220 250 280 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.6 2 2.9 3.8 5 6.7 8.8 12 13 16.5 21 25 33 35 41 49 60 86 95 105 115 132 139 167 202 224 253 284 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 Circuit-breaker Reference Rating (2) A GV2-LE05 GV2-LE05 GV2-LE06 GV2-LE07 GV2-LE07 GV2-LE08 GV2-LE08 GV2-LE10 GV2-LE14 GV2-LE14 GV2-LE16 GV2-LE16 GV2-LE20 GV2-LE22 NS100NMA NS100NMA NS100NMA NS100NMA NS100NMA NS100NMA NS100NMA NS100NMA NS160HMA NS160HMA NS160HMA NS160HMA NS250HMA NS250HMA NS400HMA NS400HMA NS400HMA 1 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6.3 10 10 14 14 18 25 25 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LRD-05 LRD-05 LRD-06 LRD-07 LRD-07 LRD-08 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-3353 LRD-3355 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 Contactor Reference (3) Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 0.631 0.631 11.7 1.62.5 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 913 1218 1624 2332 3040 3040 3750 3750 4865 60100 60100 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 132220 200300 200300 200300 300500 300500 380630 380630 380630
315 321 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 335 335 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 400 400 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 450 450 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 475 470 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F800 LR9-F7381 (1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-LE can be increased to 15 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3. (2) NSpppHMA: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.
4574 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 690 V P Ie Iq (1) kW A kA 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 33 37 45 55 80 90 100 110 129 132 160 200 220 250 280 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.6 2 2.9 3.8 5 6.7 8.8 12 13 16.5 21 25 33 35 41 49 60 86 95 105 115 132 139 167 202 224 253 284 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Circuit-breaker Reference Rating (2) A GV2-L05 GV2-L05 GV2-L06 GV2-L07 GV2-L07 GV2-L08 GV2-L08 GV2-L10 GV2-L14 GV2-L14 GV2-L16 GV2-L16 GV2-L20 GV2-L22 NS100LMA NS100LMA NS100LMA NS100LMA NS100LMA NS100LMA NS100LMA NS100LMA NS160LMA NS160LMA NS160LMA NS160LMA NS250LMA NS250LMA NS400LMA NS400LMA NS400LMA 1 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6.3 10 10 14 14 18 25 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LRD-05 LRD-05 LRD-06 LRD-07 LRD-07 LRD-08 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-3353 LRD-3355 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5367 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 Contactor Reference (3) Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 0.631 0.631 11.7 1.62.5 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 913 1218 1624 2332 3040 3040 3750 3750 4865 60100 60100 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 132220 200300 200300 200300 300500 300500 380630 380630 380630
315 321 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 335 335 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7379 400 400 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 450 450 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 475 470 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F780 LR9-F7381 (1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-L can be increased to 50 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3. (2) NSpppLMA: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.
Schneider Electric
24574 Ver2.00-EN.fm/
D.O.L. starters with protection by NF C or DIN fuses

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 690 V P Ie kW A 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 33 37 45 55 80 90 100 110 129 132 160 200 220 250 280 315 335 400 450 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.6 2 2.9 3.8 5 6.7 8.8 12 13 16.5 21 25 33 35 41 49 60 86 95 105 115 132 139 167 202 224 253 284 321 335 400 450 Rating (1) gG aM A 2 4 4 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 32 32 40 50 50 63 63 80 100 125 160 200 200 250 250 250 315 400 500 500 630 630 800 800 800 800 1 2 2 2 4 4 4 6 8 10 16 16 20 25 32 40 40 50 63 80 100 125 125 160 160 160 200 250 315 315 400 400 500 500 500 500 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F630 LC1-F800 LRD-05 LRD-05 LRD-06 LRD-07 LRD-07 LRD-08 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-3353 LRD-3355 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5367 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 Contactor Reference (2) Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 0.631 0.631 11.7 1.62.5 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 913 1218 1624 2332 3040 3040 3750 3750 4865 60100 60100 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 132220 200300 200300 200300 300500 300500 380630 380630 380630
475 470 (1) For on-load breaking, add a switch-disconnector. (2) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.
4575 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
D.O.L. starters with protection by NF C or DIN fuses
0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V : coordination type 2

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 690 V P Ie kW A 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 33 37 45 55 80 90 100 110 129 132 160 200 220 250 280 315 335 400 450 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.6 2 2.9 3.8 5 6.7 8.8 12 13 16.5 21 25 33 35 41 49 60 86 95 105 115 132 139 167 202 224 253 284 321 335 400 450 Rating (1) gG aM A 2 4 4 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 32 32 40 50 50 63 63 80 100 125 160 200 200 250 250 250 315 400 500 500 630 630 800 800 800 800 1 2 2 2 4 4 4 6 8 10 16 16 20 25 32 40 40 50 63 80 100 125 125 160 160 160 200 250 315 315 400 400 500 500 500 500 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-D115 LC1-D150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LRD-05 LRD-05 LRD-06 LRD-07 LRD-07 LRD-08 LRD-08 LRD-10 LRD-12 LRD-14 LRD-16 LRD-16 LRD-21 LRD-22 LRD-3353 LRD-3355 LRD-3355 LRD-3357 LRD-3357 LRD-3359 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5367 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7381 Contactor Reference (2) Thermal overload relay Reference Setting range A 0.631 0.631 11.7 1.62.5 1.62.5 2.54 2.54 46 5.58 710 913 913 1218 1624 2332 3040 3040 3750 3750 4865 60100 60100 90150 90150 90150 132220 132220 132220 200300 200300 200300 300500 300500 380630 380630 380630
475 470 (1) For on-load breaking, add a switch-disconnector. (2) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.
Schneider Electric
24575 Ver2.00-EN.fm/
Selection guide
Applications
Pre-assembled starters
Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters
Machines requiring smooth starting or slowing down
Type of starter
D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakers
D.O.L. starters with fuse protection
Soft start units or in association with
Level of service
Type 1 co-ordination
Type 2 co-ordination
Power at 400 V
Up to 5.5 kW
Up to 15 kW
Up to 37 kW
Up to 45 kW
Type of components
Combination automatic motor starter with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker
Fuse carrier + plate mounted contactor
Soft start unit
Pages
24520/2 and 24520/3
24520/4 and 24520/5
24520/6 and 24520/7
24546/2
24075/2 and 24075/3
0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Starters for customer assembly
Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters
Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters
star-delta starters to be used a circuit-breaker or fuses
D.O.L. or star-delta starters with circuit-breakers
D.O.L. or star-delta starters with fuses
Total co-ordination
Type 1 and type 2 co-ordination
Up to 132 kW
Up to 30 kW
Up to 110 kW
Up to 315 kW
Up to 315 kW
Up to 355 kW
3 contactors (line, star and delta, mounted on plate or rail)
Contactorbreaker
Thermal magnetic circuit-breaker + contactor(s)
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker + contactor(s) + thermal overload relay
Fuse carrier + contactor(s) + thermal overload relay
Switch-disconnector-fuse + contactor(s) + thermal overload relay
24547/3
24570/2 and 24570/3
24539/2 and 24539/3 24542/2 and 24542/3
24540/2 and 24540/3 24543/2 and 24543/3
24541/2 and 24544/2
24541/3 and 24544/3 to 24545/3
Schneider Electric
0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3
References

Combination automatic motor starters with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises: - 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME, - 1 3-pole contactor, - 1 combination block GV2-AF01.
Characteristics
Starter type Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 GV2400/415 V 440 V 500 V kA kA kA ME06K1 50 50 50 ME07K1 50 50 50 ME08K1 50 50 50 ME10K1 50 50 50 ME14K1 50 15 10 (4 kW) 6 (5.5 kW) ME16K1 15 8 6
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing Standard Setting power ratings range of of 3-phase thermal motors trips 50/60 Hz in AC-3 400/ 415V 440V 500V kW kW kW A 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 GV2-ME06K1pp 2.2 3 4 2.2 3 4 3 4 5.5 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-K06 GV2-ME10K1pp 0.460 1.5 1.5 2.2 11.6
810484
Fixed magnetic tripping current 13 Irth
For customer assembly Motor Contactor circuitReference breaker to be Reference completed (3)
Pre-assembled Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2)
Weight
A 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-K06 GV2-ME06K1pp
kg 0.460
1.62.5
33.5
GV2-ME07
LC1-K06
GV2-ME07K1pp
0.460
2.54
51
GV2-ME08
LC1-K06
GV2-ME08K1pp
0.460
610
138
GV2-ME14
LC1-K09
GV2-ME14K1pp
0.460
5.5
5.5
7.5
914
170
GV2-ME16
LC1-K12
GV2-ME16K1pp
0.460
Add-on blocks Description
Sold in lots of
Unit reference
Weight kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10
GV2-AF01
0.020
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400 a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 c (4) BW3 (3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.
Dimensions: page 24536/2 24520-EN_Ver5.2.fm/2
Schemes: page 24536/3

Schneider Electric
References

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises: - 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME, - 1 3-pole reversing contactor, - 1 combination block GV2-AF01.
Characteristics
Starter type Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 GV2400/415 V 440 V 500 V kA kA kA ME06K2 50 50 50 ME07K2 50 50 50 ME08K2 50 50 50 ME10K2 50 50 50 ME14K2 50 15 10 (4 kW) 6 (5.5 kW) ME16K2 15 8 6
References
D.O.L. starters, reversing Standard Setting power ratings range of of 3-phase thermal motors trips 50/60 Hz in AC-3 400/ 415V 440V 500V kW kW kW A 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 GV2-ME06K2pp 2.2 2.2 3 3 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC2-K06 GV2-ME10K2pp 0.460 1.5 1.5 2.2 11.6
810485
Fixed magnetic tripping current 13 Irth
For customer assembly Motor Reversing circuitcontactor breaker Reference Reference to be completed (3)
Weight
A 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC2-K06 GV2-ME06K2pp
kg 0.460
1.62.5
33.5
GV2-ME07
LC2-K06
GV2-ME07K2pp
0.460
2.54
51
GV2-ME08
LC2-K06
GV2-ME08K2pp
0.460
3 4 5.5
4 5.5
4 5.5 7.5
610
138
GV2-ME14
LC2-K09
GV2-ME14K2pp
0.460
914
170
GV2-ME16
LC2-K12
GV2-ME16K2pp
0.460
Sold in lots of
Unit reference GV2-AF01
Weight kg 0.020
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400 a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 c (4) BW3 (3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.
Dimensions: page 24536/2

Schneider Electric
Schemes: page 24536/3 24520-EN_Ver5.2.fm/3
References

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises: - 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME, - 1 3-pole contactor, - 1 combination block GV2-AF3.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2DM102 DM114 to DM110 kA kA kA 50 50 50 50 15 10 DM116 DM120 DM121 DM122 DM132
Breaking capacity (Iq) (1)
To IEC-947-4-1
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
15 8 6
15 8 6
15 6 4
15 6 4
10 6 4
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing (3) Standard Setting Fixed power ratings range of magnetic of 3-phase thermal tripping motors trips current 50/60 Hz 13 Irth in AC-3 400/ 415V 440V 500V kW kW kW A A
810486
For customer assembly Motor Contactor circuitReference breaker to be Reference completed (4)
Weight
kg GV2-ME02 GV2-ME03 GV2-ME04 GV2-ME05 GV2-ME06 GV2-ME07 GV2-ME08 GV2-ME10 GV2-ME14 GV2-ME16 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME21 GV2-ME22 GV2-ME32 LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D18pp LC1-D25pp LC1-D25pp LC1-D32pp GV2-DM102pp GV2-DM103pp GV2-DM104pp GV2-DM105pp GV2-DM106pp GV2-DM107pp GV2-DM108pp GV2-DM110pp GV2-DM114pp GV2-DM116pp GV2-DM120pp GV2-DM121pp GV2-DM122pp GV2-DM132pp 0.596 0.596 0.596 0.596 0.596 0.596 0.596 0.596 0.596 0.601 0.606 0.646 0.646 0.651
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 GV2-DM102pp 9 11 15
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 3 3 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 7.5 9 11 15 18.5
0.160.25 0.250.40 0.400.63 0.631 11.6 1.62.5 2.54 46.3 610 914 1318 1723 2025 2432
2.4 5 8 13 22.5 33.5 51 78 138 170 223 327 327 416
Add-on blocks Description Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor
Mounting of Sold in GV2 lots of

5 rail
Weight kg 0.016
10
Mtg. plate 10 GV2-AF4 0.016 LAD-311 (1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 220 230 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7 c (5) BD (3) Can be combined with type 2, see page 24539/3. (4) See page 24501/2. (5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Schneider Electric
References

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises: - 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME, - 1 3-pole reversing contactor, - 1 combination block GV2-AF3.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2DM202 DM214 to DM210 kA kA kA 50 50 50 50 15 10 DM216 DM220 DM221 DM222 DM232
To IEC-947-4-1
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
15 8 6
15 8 6
15 6 4
15 6 4
10 6 4
References
D.O.L. starters, reversing (3) Standard Setting power ratings range of of 3-phase thermal motors trips 50/60 Hz in AC-3 400/ 415V 440V 500V kW kW kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 GV2-DM202pp 9 11 15 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 0.160.25 0.250.40 0.400.63 0.631 11.6 Fixed magnetic tripping current 13 Irth For customer assembly Motor Reversing circuitcontactor breaker Reference Reference to be completed (4) Pre-assembled Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Weight
810487
A 2.4 5 8 13 22.5 GV2-ME02 GV2-ME03 GV2-ME04 GV2-ME05 GV2-ME06 LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D12pp LC2-D18pp LC2-D25pp LC2-D25pp LC2-D32pp GV2-DM202pp GV2-DM203pp GV2-DM204pp GV2-DM205pp GV2-DM206pp GV2-DM207pp GV2-DM208pp GV2-DM210pp GV2-DM214pp GV2-DM216pp GV2-DM220pp GV2-DM221pp GV2-DM222pp GV2-DM232pp
kg 0.963 0.963 0.963 0.963 0.963
1.62.5 2.54 46.3 610 914 1318 1723 2025 2432
33.5 51 78 138 170 223 327 327 416
GV2-ME07 GV2-ME08 GV2-ME10 GV2-ME14 GV2-ME16 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME21 GV2-ME22 GV2-ME32
0.963 0.963 0.963 0.963 0.973 0.983 1.063 1.063 1.073
Mounting of GV2
5 rail
Sold in lots of 10
Weight kg 0.016
Mtg. plate 10 GV2-AF4 0.016 LAD-311 (1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 220 230 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7 c (5) BD (3) Can be combined with type 2, see page 24540/3. (4) See page 24501/2. (5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Schneider Electric
References

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 2 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises: - 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-P, - 1 3-pole contactor, - 1 combination block GV2-AF3
Characteristics
Starter type GV2DP102 DP114 to DP110 kA kA kA 130 130 130 130 130 50 DP116 DP120 DP121 DP122 DP132
To IEC-947-4-1
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
130 50 42
50 20 10
50 20 10
50 20 10
50 20 10
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing Standard Setting power ratings range of of 3-phase thermal motors trips 50/60 Hz in AC-3 400/ 415V 440V 500V kW kW kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 GV2-DP102pp 7.5 9 11 15 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 0.160.25 0.250.40 0.400.63 0.631 11.6 1.62.5 2.54 46.3 610 914 1318 1723 2025 2432 Fixed magnetic tripping current 13 Irth For customer assembly Motor Contactor circuit Reference breaker to be Reference completed (3) Pre-assembled Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Weight
810488
A 2.4 5 8 13 22.5 33.5 51 78 138 170 223 327 327 416 GV2-P02 GV2-P03 GV2-P04 GV2-P05 GV2-P06 GV2-P07 GV2-P08 GV2-P10 GV2-P14 GV2-P16 GV2-P20 GV2-P21 GV2-P22 GV2-P32 LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D25pp LC1-D25pp LC1-D25pp LC1-D25pp LC1-D32pp GV2-DP102pp GV2-DP103pp GV2-DP104pp GV2-DP105pp GV2-DP106pp GV2-DP107pp GV2-DP108pp GV2-DP110pp GV2-DP114pp GV2-DP116pp GV2-DP120pp GV2-DP121pp GV2-DP122pp GV2-DP132pp
kg 0.686 0.686 0.686 0.686 0.686 0.686 0.696 0.736 0.736 0.741 0.736 0.741 0.741 0.741
Mounting of Sold in GV2 lots of

5 rail
Weight kg 0.016
10
Mtg. plate 10 GV2-AF4 0.016 LAD-311 (1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 220 230 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7 c (4) BD (3) See page 24501/2. (4) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Schneider Electric
References

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415, type 2 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises: - 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-P, - 1 3-pole reversing contactor, - 1 combination block GV2-AF3.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2DP202 DP214 to DP210 kA kA kA 130 130 130 130 130 50 DP216 DP220 DP221 DP222 DP232
To IEC-947-4-1
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
130 50 42
50 20 10
50 20 10
50 20 10
50 20 10
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing Standard Setting power ratings range of of 3-phase thermal motors trips 50/60 Hz in AC-3 400/ 415V 440V 500V kW kW kW A 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 GV2-DP202pp 9 11 15 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 0.160.25 0.250.40 0.400.63 0.631 11.6 1.62.5 2.54 46.3 610 914 1318 1723 2025 2432 Fixed magnetic tripping current 13 Irth For customer assembly Motor Reversing circuitcontactor breaker Reference Reference to be completed (3) Pre-assembled Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Weight
810489
A 2.4 5 8 13 22.5 33.5 51 78 138 170 223 327 327 416 GV2-P02 GV2-P03 GV2-P04 GV2-P05 GV2-P06 GV2-P07 GV2-P08 GV2-P10 GV2-P14 GV2-P16 GV2-P20 GV2-P21 GV2-P22 GV2-P32 LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D09pp LC2-D25pp LC2-D25pp LC2-D25pp LC2-D25pp LC2-D32pp GV2-DP202pp GV2-DP203pp GV2-DP204pp GV2-DP205pp GV2-DP206pp GV2-DP207pp GV2-DP208pp GV2-DP210pp GV2-DP214pp GV2-DP216pp GV2-DP220pp GV2-DP221pp GV2-DP222pp GV2-DP232pp
kg 1.053 1.053 1.053 1.053 1.053 1.053 1.073 1.153 1.153 1.163 1.153 1.163 1.163 1.163
Mounting of GV2
5 rail
Sold in lots of 10
Weight kg 0.016
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor
Mtg. plate 10 GV2-AF4 0.016 LAD-311 (1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 220 230 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7 c (4) BD (3) See page 24501/2. (4) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Schneider Electric
Dimensions, mounting

Combination automatic motor starters
GV2-MEppKppp On mounting rail AM1-DE200
GV2-MEppK1pp
GV2-MEpp K2pp
11
66 87
152
45
90
GV2-DM ppppp On mounting rail AM1-DE200
With adapter plate LAD-311
GV2-DM1pppp
152
GV2-DM2pppp
c1 c c1 c d1 DMp 02pp to DMp 20pp 234 135.6 130.1 112.5 107
125 3
45
90
GV2b c c1
DMp02pp to DMp20pp 176.4 99.6 94.1
DM p21pp to DM p32pp 186.8 105.9 100.4
GV2b c c1 d d1
DMp21pp to DMp32pp 234 141.9 136.4 112.5 107 GV2-DP1pppp GV2-DP2pppp
GV2-DP ppppp On mounting rail AM1-DE200
With adapter plate LAD-311
c1 c d1 d
GV2b c c1 d d1 DPp02pp to DPp08pp 176.4 105.6 100.1 100.5 95 DP p10pp to DP p32pp 186.8 111.9 106.4 100.5 95 GV2b c c1
125 3
45
90
c1 c DPp02pp to DPp08pp 234 141.6 136.5
DPp10pp to DPp32pp 234 147.9 142.4
References : pages 24520/2 to 24520/7 24536-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2

Schneider Electric
A2 A2 T1/2 T2/4 T3/6 14 13/NO 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1 A1 T1/2 T2/4 T3/6 14 13/NO 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1
A1
KM1
GV2-MEppK2pp
GV2-MEppK1pp
A2
A1
Mechanical interlock with integral electrical contacts Control circuit a
Schneider Electric
T1/2 T2/4 T3/6 14 13/NO A1 A2 5/L3 3/L2 1/L1 A2 A1 1 L1 2/T1
1/L1
Schemes
References : pages 24520/2 to 24520/7

A2 T1/2 T2/4 T3/6
14 22
02
02
01
01
A2
A1
KM2
KM1
A1 1/L1 2/T1 3/L2 4/T2 5/L3 6/T3

13/NO 21/NC
A2 2 4 3 5 13/NO 21/NC L3 6/T3

5/L3
A1 L2 4/T2
3/L2
01
02
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
GV2-DM2pppp
GV2-DM1pppp
6 14 22
A2
A1
01
02
Combination automatic motor starters
KM2 U 2 1 3 5 13/NO 21/NC A1 4 6 14 22 A2 V W A2 A1 1 3 5 L3 6/T3 13/NO 21/NC L2 4/T2 L1 2/T1

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2 T1/2 T2/4 T3/6

14 22
A1 1/L1 2/T1 3/L2 4/T2 5/L3 6/T3

13/NO 21/NC
GV2-DP2pppp
GV2-DP1pppp
Control circuit c
KM1 2 4 6 14 22 U 2 1 3 5 13/NO 21/NC A2 A1 4 6 14 22 V W
A1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2
A1
KM2
A2
24536-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3
References

D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control 4 to 37 kW, (1), with isolating device, pre-assembled
a
1
106558_1
Utilisation category AC-3 Standard power ratings Operaof 3-phase motors tional 50/60 Hz current 220 V 380 V 660 V 440 V 230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V up to kW kW kW kW kW kW A 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 9
Fuses to be fitted by the customer Size Type aM A 12
Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2)
Weight
kg LC4-D09App r 0.870
10 x 38
5.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
12
10 x 38
16
LC4-D12App r
0.870
7.5
10
18
10 x 38
20
LC4-D18App r
1.150
LC4-D09App
5.5
11
11
11
15
25
10 x 38
25
LC4-D25App r
1.580
7.5
15
15
15
18.5
18.5
32
14 x 51
32
LC4-D32App
2.630
11
18.5
22
22
22
30
40
14 x 51
40
LC4-D40pp
2.930
15
22
25
30
30
33
50
22 x 58
63
LC4-D50pp
3.200
18.5
30
37
37
37
37
65
22 x 58
80
LC4-D65pp
3.340
22
37
45
45
55
45
80
22 x 58
80
LC4-D80pp
3.650
Specifications Pre-wired power and control circuit connections. 3-pole isolating device (1) Thermal overload relay to be ordered separately (see pages 24514/3 and 24515/2). (2) Standard control circuit voltages. Volts 24 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) Up until this date, the products will continue to be available with LS1-D2531A65 fuse carriers.
415 N7
440 R7
r Available 1st quarter 2002 (3)
Dimensions : page 24546/3 24546-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2
Schemes : page 24546/3

Schneider Electric
Dimensions, schemes

D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control 4 to 37 kW, (1), with isolating device, pre-assembled
D.O.L. starters Plate mounted, pre-assembled LC4-D09AD25A
LC4-D32A
98 79
33 110
173
50
63
124
36
c1
= =
55 71 86
= =
c1 = 90 165
88 =
LC4b c1 without cover or add-on blocks with cover, without add-on block with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) with LA6-DK10 with LAD-T, R, S with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover LC4-D40D80
D09AD18A 218 94 96 127 139 147 151
D25A 221 100 102 133 145 153 157
LC4c1 without cover or add-on blocks with cover, without add-on block with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) with LA6-DK10 with LAD-T, R, S with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover
D32A 100 102 133 145 153 157
c c1 c2
b1
G a
LC4a b c c1 without cover or add-on blocks with cover, without add-on block with LA1-DN (1 contact) with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) with LA6-DK with LAD-T, R, S with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover c2 D.O.L. starters LC4-D09A to D80
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
D40D65 281 143 130 124 129 149 157 169 177 181 100
D80 311 143 140 135 140 160 168 180 188 192 178
Q1
4 2 6
KM1
2 4 6
References : page 24546/2

Schneider Electric
100/110
60
24546-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3
110
Presentation

Star-delta starters for motor control
"
Star-delta starting
Current
This method of starting is applicable to motors on which all 6 stator terminals are accessible and whose delta connection voltage corresponds to the mains voltage and Star-delta starting should be used for motors starting on no-load or having a low load torque and gradual build-up: - the starting torque in star connection is reduced to one third of the direct starting torque, i.e. about 50% of the rated torque; - the starting current in star connection is about 1.8 to 2.6 times the rated current. The transition from star to delta connection must occur when the machine has run up to speed. A too rapid build-up in load torque would cause the stabilised run-up speed to be too low and would therefore eliminate any advantage in this method of starting: this is the case with certain machines whose load torque depends on the machine speed (a characteristic of centrifugal machines, for example). All star-delta starters are supplied with a special LA2-DS2 or LA2-KT2/ time delay relay which imposes a delay on the delta contactor during the transition period in order to allow the star contactor sufficient breaking time. For ratings D115 and D150, this function is performed by a time delay auxiliary contact block LA2-DT2 and a control relay.
1
4
2
1
0 0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1 Speed
1 Starting in direct delta connection 2 Starting in star connection
Torque
2,5
1
1,5
(1)
1
2
0,5
3
0 0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1 Speed
1 Starting in direct delta connection 2 Starting in star connection 3 Machine resistive torque
(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify machine load torques. Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a proportion of the rated torque).
24547-EN_Ver3.11.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Star-delta starters for motor control 5.5 to 132 kW, (1), without isolating device, pre-assembled
Standard power ratings of squirrel cage motors Auxiliary contacts available on each contactor line delta star KM2 KM3 KM1 Star delta mechanical interlock Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2)
"
Weight
Mains voltage delta connection 220/ 380/ 230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V kW kW kW kW
kg
Plate mounted
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds. 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 (3) 1 With LC3-D09A// LC3-D12A// LC3-D18A// LC3-D32A// LC3-D40// LC3-D40//A64 LC3-D50// LC3-D50//A64 LC3-D80// LC3-D80//A64 LC3-D115// (4) LC3-D115//A64 (4) LC3-D150// (4) LC3-D150//A64 (4) 1.530
LC3-D32A
//
5.5
11
11
11
(3)
With
1.530
11
18.5
22
22
(3)
With
1.730
15
25
30
30
(3)
With
2.030
18.5
37
37
37
(3)
Without With
4.360 4.500 4.360 4.500 5.200 5.400 11.800 12.100 12.100 12.100
30
55
59
59
(3)
(3) Without With (3) Without With (3) Without With 1 (3) Without With
37
75
75
75
(3)
63
110
110
110
(3)
75
132
132
147
(3)
Rail mounted (35 mm

rail)
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds. 3 4 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 1 1 With With LC3-K06// LC3-K09// 0.740 0.740
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds. 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 (3) 1 With LC3-D090A// LC3-D120A// LC3-D180A// LC3-D320A// 1.530
5.5
11
11
11
(3)
With
1.530
11
18.5
22
22
(3)
With
1.730
15
25
30
30
(3)
With
2.030
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current (see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3). (2) Standard control circuit voltages Volts 50/60 Hz 24 36 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 Star-delta starters LC3-K06 and K09 Code B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Star-delta starters LC3-D09A...D150, LC3-D090AD320A Code B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (2) One auxiliary contact block type LAD-N can also be fitted, see page 24511/3. (3) These starters consist of contactors LC1-D115 or D150 without connectors.
"
Dimensions : pages 24549/2 and 24549/3

Schneider Electric
24547-EN_Ver3.11.fm/3
KM1
1b
KM3
1c
KM2 KM2 KM2
1b
1c
1a
24548-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Star-delta starters, for motor control, 7.5 to 132 kW (1), without mechanical interlock, for customer assembly (on plate or on mounting rail) (2)
Starters for direct combination with circuit-breaker

Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time : 30 seconds Standard power ratings Motor Contactors (basic references to be completed of squirrel cage motors (3) thermalwith code indicating the voltage) (4) Mains voltage-delta magnetic 400/ MCB 415 V 440 V line delta star kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 7.5 9 11 15 7.5 9 11 15 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME20 GV2-ME21 GV2-ME22 GV2-ME32 LC1-D09pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D18pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D18pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp
Separate parts Description Mounting kit comprising: power circuit connections and 1 time delay contact block LAD-S2
Illustration item no. a
Reference LAD-912GV
Weight kg 0.130
Starters for mounting separately from upstream protection

Maximum operating rate : 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time : 30 seconds Standard power ratings Contactors (basic references to be completed of squirrel cage motors (3) with code indicating the voltage) (4) Mains voltage-delta 220/ 380/ 230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V line delta star kW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 4 5.5 11 15 18.5 30 37 63 75 7.5 11 18.5 25 37 55 75 110 132 7.5 11 22 30 37 59 75 110 132 7.5 11 22 30 37 59 75 110 147 LC1-D09pp LC1-D18pp (6) LC1-D25pp (7) LC1-D32pp LC1-D40pp LC1-D50pp LC1-D80pp LC1-D115pp LC1-D150pp Illustration item no. LC1-D09pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D25pp (7) LC1-D32pp LC1-D40pp LC1-D50pp LC1-D80pp LC1-D115pp LC1-D150pp For components type (5) D09 and D18 1a D18 and D32 1b D40 and D50 1c D80 2 D09, D12, D18 D32 D40 and D50 LA9-D8017 0.680 0.150 0.180 0.300 LA9-D5017 0.380 LAD-93217 0.310 LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D18pp LC1-D40pp LC1-D40pp LC1-D50pp LC1-D80pp LC1-D115pp Reference Separate parts (see below)
Component types D09 D12 D18 D32 D40 D50 D80 D115 (5) D150 (5) Weight kg 0.180
Separate parts Description
Mounting kit comprising: - 1 time delay contact block LAD-S2 (D09D80) (3) - power circuit connections (D09D80) - screws and clamps for fixing contactors to the plate (D40D80). Equipment mounting plate
LAD-91217
LA9-D12974 LA9-D32974 LA9-D40973
D80 LA9-D80973 0.300 (1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3. (2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment. (3) See comments on page 24547/2. (4) See page 24501/2. (5) For D115 and D150 components, see illustration and separate parts on pages 24548/4 and 24548/5. (6) A D12 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D18 is recommended. (connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections). (7) A D18 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D25 is recommended. (connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections). Illustrations : page 24548/2
Schneider Electric
24548-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3
13
12
11
10
14 6 8
24548-EN_Ver4.0.fm/4
Schneider Electric
References (continued)

Star-delta starters, for motor control, 7.5 to 132 kW (1), without mechanical interlock, for customer assembly (on plate or on mounting rail) (2)
Separate parts
Description
(continued) Illustration For item no. use on 1 D115 (star) No. 1 Sold in lots of 1 Unit reference LAD-N10 Weight kg 0.020
Instantaneous auxiliary contact block 1N/O Auxiliary contactor
D115, D150
CAD-32pp (3)
0.320
Time delay auxiliary contact blocks
D115, D150
LAD-T2
0.060
Lead sealing kit for time delay auxiliary contact blocks
D115, D150
LA9-D901
0.005
Thermal magnetic 6 circuit-breaker for control circuit (200415 V) Set of 3 connectors for 7 wider terminations (optional) Set of power connections with fixing accessories 8
D115, D150
GB2-CB05
0.060
D115, D150
LA9-FG980
0.200
D115
LA9-D11517
0.800
D150
LA9-D15017
1.050
Spare volt free terminals
D115, D150
10
DZ3-HA3
0.007
10
DZ3-GA3
0.006
Lug-connector terminal block
10
D115, D150
10
AB1-BC9535
0.236
Terminal end stop
11
D115, D150
100
AB1-AB8M35
0.005
Mounting rail 5 35 mm
12
D115, D150
10
AM1-ED021
0.210
Pre-slotted plate
13
D115, D150
AM3-PA65
1.950
Screw with captive washer 14
D115, D150
12
100
AF1-VA618
0.006
100
AF1-VA410
0.002
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3. (2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment. (3) See page 24525/3. (4) Pour vente par lot sous emballage collectif, voir page A0005/3
Illustrations : page 124548/4

Schneider Electric
24548-EN_Ver4.0.fm/5
Dimensions

Star-delta starters Plate mounted, pre-assemled LC3-K
Pre-assembled: LC3-D09AD32A For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D09 to D32
124
KM2
110
94
150 175
90 a
On starters LC3-D09A to D18A, a connection block is mounted on the upper part of contactor KM2, increasing the overall height of the product by 6.5 mm.
Pre-assembled: LC3-D40, D50 For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D40 or D50
LC3D09A D12A a 143 143 b 26.5 26.5 c with LAD-S 139 139 with LAD-S and sealing cover 143 143 Pre-assembled: LC3-D80 For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D80
110
110
KM3
KM1
D18A 144 26.5 139 143
D32A 165 32.5 145 149
100/110
= = =
45
175 (1)
263 281
183 (1)
47
293 311
(1) + 4 mm with sealing cover Pre-assembled: LC3-D115, D150 For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D115 or D150
(1) + 4 mm with sealing cover
G a
a 450 450 b 555 555 c 205 205 G 425 425 H 526 526
LC3-D115 or 3 x LC1-D with components D115 LC3-D150 or 3 x LC1-D with components D150
References : pages 24547/2 to 24548/5 24549-EN_Ver3.22.fm/2

Schneider Electric
100/110
143
143
60
60
Dimensions, schemes

Star-delta starters On mounting rail AM1-DP, pre-assembled LC3-D090A to D320A
2x7
KM3 KM2 KM1
160 175
LC3b c with LAD-S with LAD-S and sealing cover Schemes LC3-K, LC3-D09A to D80 LC3-D090A to D320A
L1 L2 L3
D090A to D180A 153 139 143 LC3-K
D320 137 145 149 LC3-D

KM3/5
KM3 : 5
96
KM2 KM1 54 53
W1
13
KM2
14
(1)
2 4 6
22
21
KM1
KM3
KM1
55 14
13 14
U1
V1
13
Remote control
13 22
KM2
KM3
KM1
14
21 96
95
95
21
U1
W2
U2
V2
V1
W1
22
KM2
KM2
21 56
KM3
KM1
LC3-D115 and D150

F1 L1 L2 L3 2 4 6
U1
153
KM2
6 2 4
KM3
6 2 4
KM1
W2 U2 V2 2 4 6
13
Remote control
l
22
21 96
(1)
V1
W1
F1
95
KM1 184 154
KM2 68
14
67
U1
V1
W1
KM1
A1 162
Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaft end).
55 183
KM2 161 56 153 13 KA1 A1 14 KM3 A2 A2 A1154
W2
U2
V2
KM3 A1
KM2
F2
KM1 A2
Y
KM2 A2
L
KA1

Schneider Electric
171
KM1
172
LC3-D09A to D18A mechanical interlock between KM3 and KM1 (1) Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaft end)
A1 16
A1 22
KM1
KM3
KM2
N KM3/1
KM1
KM2
KM3
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
24549-EN_Ver3.22.fm/3
A2
KM2 : 1 (N)
A2
A1 22
W2
U2
V2
A1
A1
A1
A1
21 67
15
68
Presentation
Motor starters - open version

Star-delta starting
Current
This method of starting is only applicable to 3-phase motors whose delta connection corresponds to the mains voltage and on which all 6 stator terminals are accessible. Star-delta starting should be used for motors starting on no-load or having a low load torque and gradual build-up: - the starting torque in star connection is reduced to one third of the direct starting torque, i.e. about 50% of the rated torque; - the starting current in star connection is about 1.8 to 2.6 times the rated current. The transition from star to delta connection must occur when the machine has run up to speed. A too rapid buildup in load torque would cause the stabilised run-up speed to be too low and would therefore eliminate any advantage in this method of starting: this is the case with certain machines whose load torque depends on its speed (a characteristic of centrifugal machines, for example). Switching from star to delta connection must be completed within a minimum time. This function is performed by a control relay and a time delay auxiliary contact block.
0,25
0,50
0,75
1 Speed
1 Starting in delta connection 2 Starting in star connection
Torque ,5
1
,5
(1)
1
2
,5
3
0 0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1 Speed
1 Starting in delta connection 2 Starting in star connection 3 Machine resistive torque
(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify the machine load torques. Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a proportion of the rated torque).
25015_Ver4.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Star-delta starters for motor control, 90 to 375 kW, (1) without isolating device, pre-assembled
Star-delta starters, pre-assembled

Maximum operating rate : 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time : - LC3-F/////: 20 seconds. - LC3-F/////A64: 30 seconds (3 identical contactors). Composition of starters without mechanical interlock, see pages 25018/3 and 25018/5. Standard power ratings of squirrel cage motors Auxiliary contacts available on each contactor line delta star KM2 KM3 KM1 Star-delta mechanical interlock Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Weight
Mains voltage delta connection 220/ 380/ 415 V 440 V 230 V 400 V kW kW kW kW 90 160 160 185 1 2 2 1 1 1
(3) kg Without LC3-F185// 16.500
With LC3-F/////A64 100 200 200 220 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without
LC3-F185//A64
16.625
LC3-F225//
16.500
With
LC3-F225//A64
16.625
110
220
220
250
Without
LC3-F265//
27.300
With
LC3-F265//A64
27.425
160
280
280
315
Without
LC3-F330//
37.000
With
LC3-F330//A64
37.125
185
315
355
375
Without With
LC3-F400// LC3-F400//A64
37.000 37.125
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3. (2) Standard control circuit voltages. Volts 50/60 Hz 48 110 115 220/230 230 Code E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) One auxiliary contact block type LAD-N can be fitted. 240 U7 380/400 Q7 400 V7 415 N7

Schneider Electric
Dimensions : page 25019/2
Schemes : page 25019/3 25015_Ver4.10-EN.fm/3
* See page 25018/4

25018_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Star-delta starters for motor control, 90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly (on chassis)
Contactors
Standard power ratings of squirrel cage motors 220/230 V 380/400 V 415 V kW kW kW Contactors (2) line delta 440 V kW KM2 KM3 star KM1 Accessories (see below) Component type
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 20 seconds (3) 90 100 110 160 185 160 200 220 280 315 160 200 220 280 355 185 220 250 315 375 LC1-F185// LC1-F225// LC1-F265// LC1-F330// LC1-F400// LC1-F185// LC1-F225// LC1-F265// LC1-F330// LC1-F400// LC1-D150// LC1-F185// LC1-F185// LC1-F265// LC1-F265// F185 F225 F265 F330 F400
Accessories (4)
Description Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks 2 N/O + 2 N/C Control relay Time delay auxiliary contact blocks Lead sealing kit Thermal magnetic circuit breaker for 5 A control circuit Set of 3 connectors for wider terminals (option) Sets of power connections Illustration For item no. use with 1 F185 to F400 No. 3 Sold in lots of 1 Unit reference LAD-N22 Weight kg 0.050
2 3 4 5
F185 to F400 F185 to F400 F185 to F400 F185 to F400
1 1 1 2
1 1 1 6
CAD-N32 LAD-T2 LA9-D901 GB2-CB10
0.580 0.060 0.005 0.050
F185 F225 to F400
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
LA9-FG980 LA9-FJ980 LA9-F18517 LA9-F22510 LA9-FH610 LA9-FJ610
0.200 0.490 0.800 1.400 1.400 1.500
F185 F225 F265
F330 and F400 1
8 F185 to F400 1 1 LA7-F/// (Selected according to size Set of 3 busbars for thermal overload of thermal overload relay) see pages connections 27074/2 and 27074/3. (1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate relay for setting at 0.58 the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3. (2) Contactors supplied with coil. Complete the reference by adding the control circuit voltage code. Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). LC1-D150 Volts 50/60 Hz
48 E7
110 F7 110 F5 F6
115 FE7 115 FE5
120 G7 120 G6
220 M7 220 M5 M6
230 P7 230 P5
240 U7 240 U5 U6 240 U7
380 Q7 380 Q5 Q6 380 Q7
400 V7 400 V5 400 V7
415 N7 415 N5 415 N7
LC1-F185 and F225 Volts 48 50 Hz (coil LX1) E5 60 Hz (coil LX1) E6
LC1-F185 to F400 Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 40 400 Hz (5) E7 (6) F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 Standard voltages, see page 25008/2. For other voltages between 24 and 660 V, see pages 25014/2 to 25014/9. (3) For longer starting times, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) For other accessories, see page 25018/5. (5) Coil LX1: LC1-F265, F330 and F400; coil LX9: LC1F185 and F225. (6) Except for LC1-F400.

Schneider Electric
* See page 25018/2

25018_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4
Schneider Electric
References (continued)

Star-delta starters for motor control, 90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly (on chassis)
Accessories (continued from page 25018/3)

Description Spare volt free terminal Illustration For item no. use with 9 F185 F225F400 Neutral terminals with stop and spare volt free terminal (for control circuit) 10 F185 No. 3 3 1 2 1 F225 & F265 1 2 1 F330 & F400 1 2 1 Reducer bracket Mounting rails (2) 11 12 13 Uprights (2) 1/4 turn sliding nuts and bolts for mounting rail AM1-DE 14 15 F400 F185F400 F185F400 F115F400 F185F400 2 1 1 2 2 Sold in lots of 10 10 10 100 10 10 100 10 10 100 10 1 10 4 4 10 100 1/4 turn sliding nuts and bolts for mounting rail AM1-EC 16 F185F400 8 10 10 1/4 turn sliding nuts and bolts for mounting equipment 17 F185F330 15 10 100 F400 8 10 10 100 10 4 Enclosures: metal, grey RAL 7032 F185F225 F265 F330 & F400 1 1 1 1 1 1 Unit reference DZ3-GA3 DZ3-HA3 AB1-BC9535 AB1-AB8P35 DZ3-HA3 AB1-BC15035 AB1-AB8M35 DZ3-JA3 AB1-BC24035 AB1-AB8M35 DZ3-JA3 LA9-F100 AM1-DE200 AM1-EC200 AM1-EC200 AF1-CD061 AF1-VA618 AF1-CD081 AF1-VC820 AF1-CD061 AF1-VA618 AF1-CD061 AF1-CD081 AF1-VA618 AF1-VC820 25 x H6 screws with washers ACM-GV763 ACM-GV973 ACM-GV1084 19.090 33.310 54.000 Weight 0.006 0.007 0.236 0.006 0.007 0.277 0.007 0.010 0.287 0.007 0.010 0.100 0.900 2.980 2.980 0.020 0.006 0.020 0.024 0.020 0.006 0.020 0.020 0.006 0.024
Fixing lugs 4 4 AE3-FX122 0.080 adjustable for enclosure ACM (1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately.Select appropriate relay for setting at 0.58 the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3. (2) Supplied in 2 m lengths. See page 25019/2 for cutting to length.

Schneider Electric
Selection guide

integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers
Applications
3-phase automatic motor starter ensuring operating reliability. Overall concept allowing protection, power switching, fully
Standard power ratings of motors (50/60 Hz), in kW
220/240 400/415 440 V 480/525 V 600/690 V
/ / / / /
/
0.06
0.06 0.09
/
0.12
0.09 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.37 0.55
0.12 0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1
/ / /
/ / /
/ /
0.37
0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5
0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3
0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 2.2 3.7 4
1.5 3 4 5.5 7.5
2.2 3 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 10
4 9 9 11 15
Adjustable thermal protection Min (Irth) (A) Max
0.10 0.16
0.16 0.25
0.25 0.40
0.40 0.63
0.63 1.00
1.00 1.60
1.6 2.5
2.5 4
4 6
6 10
10 16
12 18
Magnetic protection (A) Fixed at 15 x Irth max Adjustable: 6 Min to 12 Irth max Max Breaking capacity in kA w/o (or with) limiter (1) 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 480/525 V 600/690 V
2.4
3.75
9.45
15
24
37.5
60
90
150 50 (65) 50 (65) 50 (65) 10 (65) 5 (42)
195 50 (65) 50 (65) 25 (65) 7.5 (65) 2 (42)
270 50 (65) 50 (65) 25 (65) 7.5 (65) 2 (42)
130 130 130 130 130

18 A
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 50 (50)
130 130 130 130 50 (50)
130 130 50 (65) 50 (65) 5 (42)
Rated operational current in AC-43 Number of poles and operating directions
3-pole, non reversing 2 x 3-pole, reversing
Locking Without control test functioon With control test function Type references of contactor-breakers + protection modules or complete unit (2)
Yes No
LD1-LB (2) + LB1-LB03P. LD5-LB (2) + LB1-LB03P or LD3-LB (3)

21154/2 to 21154/11 / There are no standard power ratings for these motors. (1) The breaking capacity with current limiter is shown in brackets. (2) Without control test function, with padlocking facility.
Pages
visible isolation and padlocking. For control and protection of resistive circuits in AC-1, see references pages 4/116 and 4/117
0.06
/ / / / /
/ / / /
0.09 0.12
0.18 0.25
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5
0.55 1.5 1.5 2.2 3
1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.7 4
1.5 2.2 4 4 5.5 7.5
3 7.5 7.5 10 11
5.5 11 11 15 18.5
7.5 15 15 18.5 25
3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10
4 9 9 11 15
5.5 11 11 15 18.5
7.5 15 15 18.5 22
9 22 22 25 33
11 25 25 33 45
15 33 33 40 55
0.37 0.37 0.55
0.55 0.75 1.1
0.25 0.40
0.40 0.63
0.63 1.00
1.00 1.60
1.6 2.5
2.5 4.0
4 6.3
6.3 10
10 16
16 25
23 32
10 13
13 18
18 25
23 32
28 40
35 50
45 63
2.4 4.8
3.78 7.56
6 12
9.6 19.2
15 30
24 48
37.8 75.6
60 120
96 192
150 300 50 (65) 50 (65) 50 (65) 15 (65) 4 (42/20)
192 384 50 (65) 50 (65) 50 (65) 15 (65) 4 (42/20)
195 78 156
270 108 216
375 150 300
480 192 384
600 240 480
750 300 600
945 378 756
130 130 130 130 130

32 A
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130 130 15 (42)
130 130 130 130 10 (42)
130 130 50 (65) 15 (65) 4 (42)
130 130 130 130 10

63 A
130 130 130 130 10
130 130 50 35 10
130 50 50 35 10
130 50 50 30 10
130 50 50 30 10
130 50 50 30 10
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
LD1-LC (2) + LB1-LC03P (5). LD4-LC (4) + LB1-LC03P (5). LD5-LC (4) + LB1-LC03P (5)
LD1-LD LD4-LD LD5-LD
+ LB1-LD03/ (6). + LB1-LD03/ (6), (4) + LB1-LD03 / (6)

(2) (4)
21157/2 to 21157/13 21160/2 to 21160/13 (3) Complete unit consisting of a contractor-breaker with protection module, supplied assembled. (4) With control test function and padlocking facility. Black or red knob on yellow background. (5) Fixed magnetic protection. (6) LB1-LD03M for adjustable magnetic protection or LB1-LD03P for fixed magnetic protection.
General

Integral : a high performance concept for reliability of operation
Integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers combine all the functions of a power switching assembly up to 63 A in a single compact device. They conform to the main standards currently in force, in particular IEC 947-1, IEC 947-2, IEC 947-3, IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 947-6-2 (welding of power poles impossible), as well as to international approvals UL, CSA, and the European directives. The integral range ensures reliability of operation up to 63 A. In addition to safety of operation, integral has numerous other functions: increased protection, communication, remote control, fault identification, isolation, padlocking.
Functions performed by integral units
The equipment in a power switching circuit must perform 4 main functions: / power switching, / isolation, / overload protection, / short-circuit protection. These functions are traditionally performed by separate devices which must be combined to form a motor starter assembly, the most common being: - fuses + contactor + thermal overload relay, - circuit breaker + contactor + thermal overload relay.
Power switching
Contactor (for automatic and remote control)
/ Operational power for use in category AC-43 : - up to 30 kW at 400/415 V 50 Hz. - up to 33 kW at 440 V 50 Hz. / Electrical life in number of operating cycles, in category AC-43, at 415 V and at rated power: - 2 million for integral 18, - 1.5 million for integral 32, - 1.2 million for integral 63. / Mechanical life in number of operating cycles: - 20 million operating cycles for integral 18, - 10 million for integral 32, - 5 million for integral 63.
Reversing pairs
Two 3-pole contactors, horizontally mounted: - mechanically and electrically interlocked for integral 18. - mechanically interlocked for integral 32 and 63. Can be fitted with the same protection modules as integral contactor breakers.
References Integral 18 : pages 21162/2 to 21164/3
Dimensions, schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

Schneider Electric
21151_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
General

Functions performed by integral units (continued)
Isolation
Isolation conforming to IEC 947
Integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers provide isolation and padlocking functions conforming to standards IEC 947. In addition, integral 32 and 63 LD4 contactor breakers and LD5 reversing contactor breakers incorporate specific poles for control testing and padlocking.
Overload protection
Thermal-magnetic protection module (for protection against overload and overcurrent) A range of interchangeable modules allows the equipment to be adapted to suit: / the rated operational current (rating and settings), / the application: - motors, - frequent starting motors, - distribution circuits.
Short-circuit protection
High breaking capacity current limiting circuit breaker
For short-circuit protection. High breaking capacity with shortcircuit limited by ultra-fast tripping. Possibility of increasing the breaking capacity of the integral unit by adding a current limiter (LA9-LB920). The current limiter is fitted upstream of the integral unit. Several integral units may be fitted downstream of the current limiter (Ith = 63 A, Ie = 32 A).
Signalling and attachments
These devices provide comprehensive local signalling: - pole position indicator, - different signalling for overload and short-circuit. They also allow dialogue with the automated control system by means of numerous add-on blocks: - auxiliary contact and signalling blocks, - remote electrical reset device for integral 32 and 63, - undervoltage and shunt trips for integral 32 and 63, - control circuit switching, - etc.
Simple fixing and cabling methods
Integral 18 and 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers clip directly onto 35 mm
rails. Integral 63 contractor breakers and reversing contactor breakers fit onto 75 mm
rails using a separate mounting plate. Integral units can also be mounted on: - panels, - pre-slotted mounting plates type AM1-P, - 2 x 35 mm
rails using sliding clip nuts, - CMD prefabricated plug-in busbar trunking (providing an economical assembly, combining safety and simplicity of use), - AK5 panel busbar systems.

Schneider Electric
21151_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Terminology

Altitude
The rarefied atmosphere at high altitude reduces the dielectric strength of the air and hence the rated operational voltage of the contactor breaker. It also reduces the cooling effect of the air and hence the rated operational current of the contactor breaker (unless the temperature drops at the same time). No derating is necessary up to 3000 m. Derating factors to be applied above this altitude for main pole operational voltage and current (a.c. supply) are as follows: Altitude Rated operational voltage Rated operational current 3500 m 0.90 0.92 4000m 0.80 0.90 4500m 0.70 0.88 5000m 0.60 0.86
Ambient air temperature
The temperature of the air surrounding the device, measured near to the device. The operating characteristics are given: - with no restriction for temperatures between - 5 and + 55 C. - with no restrictions, if necessary, for temperatures between - 50 and + 70 C. This is defined taking into account the rated operational voltage, operating rate and duty, utilisation category and air temperature around the device. The current which a closed contactor breaker can sustain for a minimum of 8 hours without its temperature rise exceeding the limits given in the standards. The current which a closed contactor breaker can sustain for a short time, after a period of no load, without dangerous overheating. This is the voltage value which, in conjunction with the rated operational current, determines the use of the contactor breaker or starter, and on which the corresponding tests and the utilisation category are based. For 3-phase circuits, it is expressed as the voltage between phases. Apart from exceptional cases such as rotor short-circuiting, the rated operational voltage Ue is less than or equal to the rated insulation voltage Ui. The rated value of the control circuit voltage, on which the operating characteristics are based. For a.c. applications, the values are given for a near sinusoidal wave form (less than 5% total harmonic distortion). This is the voltage value used to define the insulation characteristics of a device and referred to in dielectric tests determining leakage paths and creepage distances. As the specifications are not identical for all standards, the rated values given for each of them are not necessarily the same. This is the highest peak value of an impulse voltage, of prescribed form and polarity, which the device is able to withstand without failure under specified test conditions, and to which isolation clearance values are referred.The rated impulse withstand voltage of a device must be equal to or higher than the values stated for the transient overvoltages appearing in the circuit in which the device is fitted The rated power of the standard motor which can be switched by the contactor breaker, at the stated operational voltage.
Rated operational current (le)
Rated conventional thermal current (Ith) (1) Short time rating
Rated operational voltage (Ue)
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)
Rated operational power (expressed in kW)
Note: these definitions are based on extracts from standard IEC 947. (1) Conventional free air thermal current, conforming to IEC standards.

Schneider Electric
21151_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4
Terminology (continued)

Rated breaking capacity (lq) (1)
This is the current value which the contactor breaker can break in accordance with the breaking conditions specified in the IEC standard
Rated making capacity (1)
This is the current value which the contactor breaker can make in accordance with the making conditions specified in the IEC standard.
On-load factor (m)
This is the ratio between the time the current flows (t) and the duration of the cycle (T):
t
m= t T
T
Cycle duration: duration of current flow + time at zero current.
Pole impedance
The impedance of one pole is the sum of the impedance of all the circuit components between the input terminal and the output terminal. The impedance comprises a resistive component (R) and an inductive component (X = L). The total impedance therefore depends on the frequency and is normally given for 50 Hz. The average value is given for the pole at its rated operational current.
Electrical durability
This is the average number of on-load operating cycles which the main pole contacts can perform without maintenance. The electrical durability depends on the utilisation category, the rated operational current and the rated operational voltage.
Mechanical durability
This is the average number of no-load operating cycles (i.e. with zero current flow through the main poles) which the contactor breaker can perform without mechanical failure.
Coordination
The coordination of protection devices involves combining, in a selective way, a short-circuit protection device (fuses or magnetic circuit breakers) with a contactor and an overload protection device. Its objective is to break any abnormal current, in plenty of time, without any danger to personnel whilst providing adequate protection of the equipment against an overload or a short-circuit current. Type 1 - IEC 947-4-1 In a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter must not present any danger to personnel or installations and may not be able to resume operation without repair or the replacement of parts. Type 2 - IEC 947-4-1 In a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter must not present any danger to personnel or installations and must be able to resume operation. The risk of contact welding is permissible if they can be easily separated. Total, ensuring reliability of operation - IEC 947-6-2 In the event of a short-circuit, no damage or risk of welding is permissible on the equipment constituting the motor starter. Operation can be resumed without any maintenance.
Note: these definitions are based on extracts from standard IEC 947. (1) For a.c. applications, the breaking and making capacities are expressed by the rms value of the symmetrical component of the short-circuit current. Taking into account the maximum asymmetry which may exist in the circuit, the contacts therefore have to withstand a peak asymmetrical current which may be twice the rms symmetrical component.

Schneider Electric
21151_Ver2.10-EN.fm/5
Terminology (continued)

Definition
The standard utilisation categories define the current values which the contactor breaker must be able to make or break. These values depend on: - the type of load being switched: squirrel cage or slip ring motor, resistors, - the conditions under which making or breaking takes place: motor stalled, starting or running, reversing, plugging. / IEC 947-1: general rules / IEC 947-2: circuit breakers / IEC 947-6-2: control and protection devices / IEC 947-3: isolating devices
Reminder of standards IEC 947 Standards for contactor breakers
IEC 947-4-1
Standard IEC 947-4-1: covering contactors and electromechanical motor starters. It concerns: - types of equipment with main contacts designed for connection to circuits whose rated operational voltage does not exceed 1000 V for a.c. applications or 1500 V for d.c. applications, - contactors used in conjunction with overload and/or short-circuit protection devices, - motor starters used in conjunction with separate short-circuit protection devices and/or with separate short-circuit protection devices and built-in overload protection devices, - contactors and combination motor starters which incorporate their own short-circuit protection device. Utilisation categories for a.c. applications Category AC-1 This category applies to all types of a.c. load with a power factor equal to or greater than 0.95 (cos 0.95). Non inductive or slightly inductive loads. Application examples: heating, distribution. Category AC-2 This category applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip ring motors. / On closing, the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated current of the motor. / On opening, it must break the starting current, at a voltage less than or equal to the mains supply voltage. Category AC-3 This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking during normal running of the motor. / On closing the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 5 to 7 times the rated current of the motor. / On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the voltage at the contactor breaker terminals is about 20% of the mains supply voltage. Breaking is light. Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors (lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators, compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units, etc.) Category AC-4 This category covers applications with plug braking and inching of squirrel cage motors. / On closing, the contactor breaker makes a current peak which may be as high as 5 or 7 times the rated motor current. / On opening, it breaks this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can be the same as the mains voltage. Breaking is severe. Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy industry.
Tripping classes of protection modules
The creation of thermal tripping classes allows better adaptation of the thermal Class Tripping time at 7.2 Ir (1) 10 A 210 seconds
Standards for auxiliary contacts
IEC 947-5
Standard IEC 947-5-1: covers switching devices and components for control circuits. It concerns electromechanical devices for control circuits. Utilisation categories for a.c. applications Category AC-14 (2) This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed is less than 72 VA. Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors and relays. Category AC-15 (2) This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed is greater than 72 VA. Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors. (1) Ir = protection module setting current (2) Replaces category AC-11. (3) Replaces category DC-11.

Schneider Electric
21151_Ver2.10-EN.fm/6
/ IEC 947-4-1: contactors and motor starters
/ IEC 947-5-1: control and signalling units
IEC 947-6-2
Standard IEC 947-6: covers multi-function equipment. It concerns connection, switching and protection devices (or equipment) with main contacts designed for connection to circuits whose rated operational voltage is less than or equal to 1000 V for a.c. applications, or 1500 V for d.c. applications. Such devices are designed to perform both the power switching function and the protection of remotely controlled circuits function; they can also perform other functions, such as isolation. After short-circuit (Isc) tests, the products must be able to make and break the currents corresponding to the specified utilisation categories, and to the number of operating cycles specified in the standard, without failing. This series of tests is completed by temperature rise tests. Standard IEC 947-6-2 specifies that, in the event of a short-circuit, no damage or risk of contact welding is permissible on the devices constituting the motor starter. The integral contactor breaker, through its design, ensures reliability of operation. After eliminating the fault, operation can be resumed instantly without any maintenance work on the product, other than resetting. Utilisation categories for a.c. applications Category AC-41 This category applies to all types of a.c. device (load) with a power factor equal to or greater than 0.95 (cos 0.95). Non inductive or slightly inductive loads. Application examples: heating, distribution Category AC-42 This category applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip ring motors. / On closing, the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated current of the motor. / On opening, it must break the starting current, at a voltage less than or equal to the mains supply voltage. Category AC-43 This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking while motor running; inching or occasional reversing of limited duration are permissible if the number of operating cycles does not exceed 5 per minute, or 10 within a 10 minute period. / On closing the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 5 to 7 times the rated motor current. / On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the voltage at the contactor breaker terminals is about 20% of the mains supply voltage. Breaking is light. Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors (lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators, compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units, etc...). Category AC-44 This category covers applications with plug braking and inching of squirrel cage or slip ring motors. / On closing, the contactor breaker makes a current peak which may be as high as 5 or 7 times the rated motor current. / On opening, it breaks this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can be the same as the mains voltage. Breaking is severe. Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy industry.
protection to suit different motor and application technologies (short or long starting times). Conforming to IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 947-6-2. 10 4...10 seconds 20 620 seconds 30 930 seconds
Utilisation category for d.c. applications Category DC-13 (3) This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads for which the time taken to reach 95 % of the steady state current (T = 0.95) is equal to 6 times the power P drawn by the load (with P 50 W). Application example: switching the operating coil of contactor breakers.
Schneider Electric
21151_Ver2.10-EN.fm/7
Equipment selection for starters

When designing an installation, it is essential to take into account precise criteria for determining the conductor c.s.a. and selecting equipment. In particular: - permissible currents for the conductors, - maximum voltage drops, - short-circuit protection, - protection against indirect contact. The latter three criteria must be taken into account when selecting the integral unit. The principle behind the rules described below is, on the whole, common to all European publications. However, the calculations and values concerning protection against indirect contact are based on French standard NF C 15-100, and it is up to the user to check the regulations in force in the country concerned.
Cable protection against short-circuit

To achieve this, the thermal setting value Irth selected must be greater than the current drawn IB and less than or equal to the permissible current Iz in the cable to be protected. IB < Irth Iz
Short-circuit protection
/ Breaking capacity rule: check that the breaking capacity (BC) of the integral unit is equal to or greater than the prospective short-circuit current (Isc max) at the point where it is to be installed. BC Isc max / Breaking time rule: 2 conditions must be fulfilled: - The short-circuit current at the end of the circuit, Isc min, must be greater than or equal to the minimum current required for magnetic tripping of the device, - The short-circuit current at the start of the circuit, Isc max, must be such that: I2sc max tm I2oto I2oto = permissible thermal stress limit for the circuit, tm = operating time of the integral unit or of the short-circuit protection device.
These 2 checks need only be made when modules with a low rating are used. Example: for a 6.3/10 A module, a cable c.s.a. than 2.5 mm2 is required to withstand Isc max = 50 kA.
Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes

Multiple earthed neutral scheme
A
PEN
B'
C'
TNC scheme
/ Neutral is connected to earth. / The earths are connected to neutral. / Any phase/earth insulation fault causes a short-circuit. / As contact voltage is dangerous, breaking must occur at the first fault. / The PE conductor and the neutral conductor may be: - combined (TNC scheme), - separate (TNS scheme).
General : pages 21151/2 to 21151/7 21152_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2
Dimensions and schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

Schneider Electric
Equipment selection for starters

Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes (continued)

/ Protection against indirect contact (TN schemes), for dead shorts only, requires that the following 2 conditions be fulfilled simultaneously: - The fault current Id must be greater than or equal to the minimum current required for magnetic tripping of the integral unit, i.e. 1.12 Irth max. Id = c.q.Uo Zb c = coefficient taking into account the upstream part of the fault loop impedance assumed to be equal to 0.8, unless otherwise indicated. q = coefficient dependent on the earth connection scheme and equal to 1 in the TN scheme. Uo = phase-neutral voltage in volts. Zb = fault loop impedance in m/m such that: Zb R (fault loop resistance). L = length of the fault loop equal to twice the length Lc of the circuit. S = Sph, c.s.a of the phase conductors = SPE = c.s.a. of the protective conductors = resistivity of the copper = 0.0225. = ratio between the magnetic tripping current and the maximum setting current of the instantaneous thermal tripping device. - The contact voltage (UL) for a dead short is at most equal to the value determined by the safety curve for the operating time tm of the integral unit in its magnetic tripping zone. This condition is generally fulfilled for power supplies of 230/415 V. (In fact, for UL = 50 V, a tm 500 ms would be required and for UL = 25 V, a tm 110 ms would be required). The first condition allows us to calculate the maximum length of the circuit to provide protection against indirect contact in the TN scheme. For the TN scheme: L c.q.Uo.Sph 2.1. Irth 0.8 x Uo x Sph 2 x 0.0225 x 1.2 Irth max
R = L = 2 Lc S S
i.e. L max =
Maximum length of 230/415 V circuits with TN scheme

mm2 1.5 2.5 Irth max A 10 16 10 16 25 32 16 25 32 40 25 32 40 50 32 40 50 63 32 40 50 63 32 40 50 63 =3 m 180 112 298 186 118 92 296 190 148 118 284 178 142 370 296 236 188 590 472 378 300 922 738 590 468 =6 m 90 56 149 93 59 46 148 95 74 59 142 89 71 185 148 118 94 295 236 189 150 461 369 295 234 = 12 m 45 28 75 47 32 23 74 48 37 30 71 45 36 93 74 59 47 148 118 95 75 281 185 148 117 = 15 m 36 22 60 37 60
10
16
25
General : pages 21151/2 to 21151/7

Schneider Electric
Dimensions and schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/5 21152_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3
Selection according to Motor starters - open version integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and utilisation category and reversing contactor breakers required electrical durability
Selection for a temperature 40 C

Rated operational voltage V 220/240 400/415 440 480/525 600/690
Rated operational currents (according to the rated operational voltage) integral 18 integral 32 integral 63 A A A 18 32 63 18 32 63 18 32 63 18 32 63 18 32 63
Rated operational powers (for standard motors) integral 18 integral 32 integral 63 Electrical durability Control and protection of motors at Ue 415 V : - in utilisation categories AC2, AC3 conforming to IEC 947-4-1, - in utilisation categories AC42, AC43 conforming to IEC 947-6-2. integral 18
Millions of operating cycles 20
kW kW kW
4 7.5 15
9 15 33
9 15 33
11 18.5 37
15 25 55
integral 32 and 63
10 8 6 5 4 2 1,5 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0,01
10 8 6 5 4 2 1,5 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0,01 1 1,5 2
(32 A) (63 A)
3 4 5 67 9 8 10
20 18
40 60 100150 200300 45 80 Current broken in A
1 1,5 2 3 4 5 67 9
8 10
20
40 60 80 32
150200300
63 100 160 Current broken in A
1 Not having previously broken a short-circuit current 2 Having broken a short-circuit current 10 times at 30 Ie (most common values of short-circuit current during operation)
Current breaking limits In categories
AC-3 AC-43
AC-2 AC-42

Schneider Electric
Selection according to Motor starters - open version integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and utilisation category and reversing contactor breakers required electrical durability
a.c. supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-3, AC-41, AC-43

Rated operational currents (according to ambient temperature) With cable c.s.a. integral 18 integral 32 integral 63 4 mm2 6 mm2 16 mm2 A A A
40 C
18 32 63
55 C
16 28 55
70 C
14 25 50
a.c. supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-41

Maximum operating rates in operating cycles/hour On-load factor 85 % Operation Operation at Ie max at 0.5 Ie integral 18 integral 32 integral 63 Electrical durability Ue 415 V Operating cycles/h 600 Operating cycles/h 1200 Operating cycles/h 1200 1200 2400 2400 On-load factor 25 % Operation at Ie max 900 1800 1800
10 8 6 5 4 2 1,5 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0,01 3
(18 A)
(32 A)
(63 A)
5 6 7 8 9 10
18 20
32 40 60 63 80 100 Current broken in A
Note: for use in category AC-44, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers
Type Number of poles Rated operational current (Ie) Rated operational voltage (Ue) Electrical durability in AC-43 at 415 V Mechanical durability at Uc Maximum operating rate at ambient temperature 55 C " $ with converter In AC-43 A V
integral 18 3 18 690 2 million operating cycles 10 million operating cycles 1200 operating cycles/hour 600 operating cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC: 947-1, 947-2, 947-3, 947-4-1, 947-6-2 VDE: 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660 EN 60 947-1, 60 947-2, 60 947-3, 60 947-4-1, 60 947-6-2 NEN, NBN ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, CSA DEMKO, DNV NEMKO, RINA, SEMKO, SETI, UL TH " $ (1) Operation Storage Operation Storage C C C C - 20+ 60 - 40+ 80 - 25+ 50 - 25+ 70 Energised state: 3 gn De-energised state: 3 gn Energised state: 8 gn De-energised state: 8 gn IP 20B Protection against direct finger contact Conforming to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and decree of 22-12-81 (JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982) Conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-072 Without derating In relation to normal vertical mounting plane m 3000 From fixing plane (fore-aft tilt) From main axis (left-right tilt)
Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature around the device
Vibration resistance Permissible acceleration Shock resistance Permissible acceleration Degree of protection Flame resistance
5100 Hz Impulse duration: 11 ms To IEC 144 and 529 To VDE 0106
Maximum operating altitude Operating positions (without derating)
Control circuit characteristics

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) Voltage limits at 55 C Average consumption at 20 C and at Uc " 50 Hz " 60 Hz $ with converter Operating Drop out " $ (1) Inrush Sealed Inrush Sealed VA VA W W W " 50/60 Hz $ with converter C O C O ms ms ms ms V V V 21660 21600 24 0.851.1 Uc 0.250.7 Uc 75 (50 Hz), 90 (60 Hz) 8 (50 Hz), 9 (60 Hz) 100 1.5 2.5 (50 Hz), 2.8 (60 Hz) 925 725 1520 2025
Heat dissipation Operating time (2) at 20 C and at Uc
(1) With converter. (2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.
General: pages 21151/2 to 21151/7 21153_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2
Selection: pages 21152/2 to 21152/5
References: pages 21162/2 to 21164/3
Dimensions, schemes: pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Type
integral 18
Pole characteristics
Conventional thermal current (Ith) Frequency limits of operational current Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Heat dissipation in the power circuits of the contactor breaker and its protection module Rated making capacity I rms I peak
40 C
A Hz
18 4060 6 in enclosure 690 0.16 0.25 0.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.6 2.3 1 2.3 1.6 2.3 2.5 2.3 4 2.4 6 2.9 10 3.2 16 3.8 18 3.8
Conforming to IEC 947-4 Conforming to IEC 947-1 Operational current Power per pole, hot state Conforming to IEC 947-4 Conforming to IEC 947-2 Operating voltage Value of cos Icu (O-t-CO) Ics (O-t CO-t-CO)
kV V A W A kA V
15 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips) 105 380/415 0.25 50 50 440 0.25 40 50 480/525 0.3 10 10 600/690 0.5 4 5 2
Rated breaking capacity to IEC 947-2
220/240 0.25 kA rms 50 kA rms 50
to IEC 947-6-2 ensuring reliability of operation
Icu = Ics kA rms 50 50 25 7.5 O-t-CO-t-rCO O: breaking short-circuit current (open); t: time CO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - manual) rCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - remote control) ms With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz Flexible cable without cable end Flexible cable with cable end Solid cable A 2s mm2 mm2 mm2 N.m 2.5 100 x 103 Maximum c.s.a. 2x6 2 x 4 or 1 x 6 2x6 1.7 Minimum c.s.a. 2 x 1.5 2x1 2 x 1.5
Total breaking time Thermal limit Cabling
American Wire Gauge AWG 2 x AWG 16 to 2 x AWG 10
Tightening torque
Characteristics of thermal-magnetic or magnetic only protection modules

Type Protection Conforming to standards Number of poles Number of protected poles Rated operational voltage Maximum continuous current Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) Temperature compensation Protection against phase imbalance Tripping class Magnetic protection conforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2 Instantaneous trip current setting range Tripping tolerance LB1-LB03P// Standard motors IEC 947-6-1, IEC 947-6-2 3 3 690 0.1618 0.1/0.1612/18 - 20+ 60 With 10 Fixed at 15 Irth max 20 %
V A A C
Characteristics of versions without control test function, with padlocking facility

Conforming to standards Rated operational voltage Electrical durability Padlocking facility Operating cycles V IEC 947 690 10 000 1 padlock, 5 shank
General: pages 21151/2 to 21151/7

Schneider Electric
Dimensions, schemes: pages 21009/2 to 21011/5 21153_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3
Characteristics (continued)

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Add-on current limiter and auxiliary contacts
Add-on current limiter LA9 LB920

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Rated operational voltage (Uc) Conventional thermal current (Ith) Operational thermal current (Ie) Operating threshold Cabling rms current Solid cable Flexible cable without cable end Flexible cable with cable end Conforming to IEC 947-6-2 Conforming to IEC 947-1 V V A A A mm2 mm2 mm2 N.m 690 (50/60 Hz) 690 (50/60 Hz) 63 32 1000 (non adjustable threshold) 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor, or 2 x 1.5 to 10 identical conductors 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor , or 2 x 1.5 to 10 conductors 1 x 1.5 to 16 conductor , or 2 x 1.5 to 4 conductors 2.2
Tightening torque
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

Conventional thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Switching capacity Rated operational power Making capacity Rated operational power Making capacity Cabling Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 With U 17 V and I 10 mA A V mVA V VA VA VA V W W W mm2 10 690 600 48 300 160 1500 24 120 70 800 110/127 500 300 3500 48 90 50 700 220/240 600 330 6000 110 75 38 400 380/415 520 300 7500 220 68 33 260 440 500 280 7000 440 61 28 220
" category AC-15 (1) Voltage 1 million operating cycles 1.5 million operating cycles " category AC-15 $ category DC-13 (2) Voltage 1 million operating cycles 1.5 million operating cycles $ category DC-13
Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5. Minimum c.s.a.: 2 x 1
Signalling contacts
Conventional thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Operational power for 200 000 operating cycles " Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Voltage Resistive load Lamp load (3) Inductive load (4) Motor (5) $ Voltage Resistive load Lamp load (3) Inductive load (4) Motor (5) Cabling A V V VA VA VA VA V W W W W mm2 6 690 24 100 50 75 75 48 100 50 75 75 110/127 600 90 875 160 110/125 50 6 50 6 220 750 125 500 200 200 50 7.5 50 7.5
Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 - Minimum c.s.a.: 2 x 1
(1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: making current (cos 0.7) = 10 times the breaking current (cos 0.4). (2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time constant increasing with the load. (3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current. (4) Inductive load: cos 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation. (5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Electronic serial timer modules
Type
LA4-DT (On-delay)
LA4-DR (Off-delay)
Environment
Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment Degree of protection Ambient air temperature around the device Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Pending Conforming to VDE 0106 Storage Operation Operation at Uc Conforming to IEC 947-1 and VDE 0110 (group C) C C C V IEC 255-5 UL, CSA TH Against direct finger contact - 40+ 80 - 25+ 55 - 25+ 70 250 IEC 255-5 UL, CSA TH Against direct finger contact - 40+ 80 - 25+ 55 - 25+ 70 250

Built-in protection On input Contact breaker coil suppression V By varistor By varistor " or $ 24250 0.81.1 Uc By mechanical contact only Flexible or solid cable, with or without cable end mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 By varistor By peak limiting diode " 24250 0.81.1 Uc By mechanical contact only (connecting cable < 10 m) Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) Voltage limits Control type Cabling
Time delay characteristics

Timing ranges Repeat accuracy Reset time Immunity to micro-breaks Minimum control pulse duration Time delay signalling By LED 040 C During the time delay After the time delay During the time delay After the time delay ms ms ms ms ms s 0.12 - 1.530 - 25500 3 % (10 ms minimum) 100 50 10 2 Illuminates during time delay 0.12 - 1.530 - 25500 3 % (10 ms minimum) 225 20 40 Illuminates during time delay
Switching characteristics (solid state type)

Maximum power dissipated Leakage current Residual voltage Overvoltage protection Electrical durability Millions of operating cycles W mA V 2 < 5 3.3 3 kV; 0.5 joule 30 3.5 < 5 3.3 3 kV; 0.5 joule 30
Operating diagrams
Electronic on-delay timer LA4-DT Electronic off-delay timer LA4-DR Uc supply (A1 - A2) Uc supply (A1 - A2)
1 0 1 1 0 1 0
Control (A2 - B2)
Time delay output 0 Contactor breaker coil Red LED
1 Time delay output 0 Contactor breaker coil
Red LED

Schneider Electric
Characteristics (continued)

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Interface modules and converters
Type Used for direct control of the integral 18 Protective treatment Ambient air temperature around the device Rated insulation voltage (Ui) C
Interface modules By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of the electromagnet
Converters By a programmable controller, with d.c. control of the electromagnet. Control on d.c. supply TH Storage: - 40+ 80 Operation: - 25+ 50 Conforming to VDE 0106 Min: 1 x 1 - Max: 2 x 2.5 0.8...1.1 Uc (2) Against reverse polarity (by diode) and against overvoltage
TH Storage: - 40+ 80 Operation: - 25+ 55 V 250 conforming to IEC 158-1 and 947-1 and VDE 0110 (group C)
Protection against direct finger contact Conforming to VDE 0106 Cabling Operating limits Protection mm2 Min: 1 x 1 - Max: 2 x 2.5 Of the input and against reverse polarity: by diode.

Module or converter type Technology Schemes LA4-DFB Relay
E1 + E2
LA4-DFE
LA4-DLB
LA4-DLE
LA4-DWB Solid state

E1 +
LA1-LB080BD Solid state

E2
Relay + override
E1 + E2
+
(0V)
A1
A1
E1 E3 E2
$ "
A1 A2
Indication of input state Input signals (logic side) Voltage Current State 0 guaranteed for U or I State 1 guaranteed for U Supply voltage V mA V mA V V
By built-in LED $ 24 (E1-E2) 25 < 2.4 <2 $ 48 (E1-E2) 15 < 4.8 < 1.3 $ 24 (E1-E2) 25 < 2.4 <2 17 < U < 30 $ 48 (E1-E2) 15 < 4.8 < 1.3 33 < U < 60 $ 524 (E1-E2) 8.5 for 5 V 15 for 24 V < 2.4 <2 5 < U < 30
A2
A2
A1
A2
$ 24 (E2-E3) 10 <7 <5 U > 14 $ 24 (E1-E2) (2)
17 < U < 30 33 < U < 60 " 24250 (A1-A2)
Operating characteristics
Electrical durability in millions of operating cycles Immunity to micro-breaks Average consumption at 20 C ms W 10 4 0.6 10 4 0.6 3 4 0.6 3 4 0.6 20 1 0.4 2 Inrush: 100 Sealed: 1.5
Operating Pull-in ms 1530 1530 1530 1530 30 time (1) at 20 C and at Uc Drop-out ms 2035 2035 2035 2035 15 (1) The operating times depend on the type of electromagnet driving the contactor breaker and its control method. The closing time C is measured from the moment the integral coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate. (2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 150 VA and the maximum ripple must be 14 %.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Breaking capacity of integral 18 contactor breakers, ensuring reliability of operation, according to the operational voltage and protection module fitted.
Breaking capacity without current limiter

Protection module Reference Irth min A 0.1 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 12 Operational voltage 220/240 V 400/415 V max A 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 18 kA kA 440 V kA 480/525 V kA 600/690 V kA
LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50 50
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50 50
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50 25 25
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

50 10 7.5 7.5
130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50 5 5 2 2
Breaking capacity with current limiter LA9-LB920

LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 0.1 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 12 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 18
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65 65 65
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65 65 65
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65 65 65 65
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65 65 65 65
130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50 50 42 42 42

Schneider Electric
Selection of protection module according to the tripping characteristics

Motor protection
By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LB03P
Time 300 min
0,16 0,4 2,5 1 0,25 0,63 1,6 100 0,1 min
6 4
12 18 10 16
P01 P03 P05 P07 P10 P17
10 min
P02 P04 P06 P08 P13 P21
(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20 C, without prior current flow (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current flow (hot state) can be calculated by applying the coefficient 0.5.
1 min
10 s
0,15 2,4 0,1 s
3,75 6
9,45 15
24 37,5
60 90
150 240 180 270
0,01 s 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000
Current in A
Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit

3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz Current limitation on short-circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit
Thermal limit in kA2s in the magnetic operating zone
Maximum peak current in kA

100 80 60
=0 ,3
100 80 60 40
40 20
=0 ,5
8 7 6 5
=0
,2
4 2 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2
=0
,7
10 8 6
co s
8 6
7 5 4 3
20
10 8 6 4
2
2
3 2
1
0,1 0,1 1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200 130 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200
130
Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA
1 2 3 4
0.631 A 11.6 A 1.62.5 A 2.54 A
5 6 7 8
46 A 610 A 1016 A 1218 A

Schneider Electric
Selection of protection module according to the tripping characteristics

Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit (continued)

3-phase 480/525 V, 50 Hz Current limitation on short-circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit
Thermal limit in kA2s in the magnetic operating zone

100 80 60
3
25
100 80 60 40
40 20 10 8 6
=0 , 5
8 7
=0 ,
=0 ,
4 2 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,1
=0 ,
8 7 6
20
5 4 3
10 8 6 4
co
3 2
2 1
0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200 130
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200 130
1 2 3 4
0.631 A 11.6 A 1.62.5 A 2.54 A
5 6 7 8
46 A 610 A 1016 A 1218 A

Schneider Electric
References

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers (for customer assembly)
3-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors in category AC-43 220 V 240 V kW 400 V 415 V kW 440 V kW 480 V 525 V kW 600 V 690 V kW Operational current Breaking capacity (Iq) for Ue 415 V kA Basic reference (3) Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Usual voltages Weight
kg
Without control test function, with padlocking facility Black knob 4 9 9 9 15 18 50 LD1-LB030/ B E F M Q 0.650
LD1-LB030/
3-pole reversing contactor breakers without protection module (1)

Without control test function, with padlocking facility Black knob (VDE 0113) 4 9 9 9 15 18 50 LD5-LB130/ B E F M Q 1.600
Thermal-magnetic protection modules

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 400 V 480 V 240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V kW kW kW kW
(compensated and differential for normal starting motors) (5) Reference Weight
600 V 690 V kW
Thermal setting range (Irth min to Irth max) A
kg
Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max ( ( 0.06 ( LD5-LB130/ 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 ( 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 ( ( ( ( 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 4 7.5 ( ( ( ( 0.37 0.75 1.1 2.2 3.7 5.5 10 ( ( ( 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 3 4 7.5 11 0.10.16 0.160.25 0.250.4 0.40.63 0.631 11.6 1.62.5 2.54 46 610 1016 LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250
LB1-LB03P06
4 9 9 11 15 1218 LB1-LB03P21 0.250 ( There are no standard power ratings for these motors. (1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see above. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660 400 50 Hz LD/-LB B D E F M P/PU7 U Q N R S Y 60 Hz LD/-LB BC CC D K FC LC MC MC/PU7 Q N S $ (4) LD/-LB BD (3) UL 508 type E approved version (SPCD) at 347/600 V, as standard. (4) For use on $, the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 converters, including coil suppression device (2 converters for reversing contactor breakers). (5) Protection modules UL and CSA approved.
21162_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers (pre-assembled) Control circuit voltage: 220 V, 50 Hz
3-pole contactor breakers with thermal-magnetic protection module

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 400 V 480 V 240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V kW kW kW kW 0.09 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.37 Thermal setting range (Irth min to Irth max) A 0.631 Breaking capacity (Iq) for Ue 415 V kA Reference Weight
600 V 690 V kW 0.55
kg LD3-LB130M05 0.900
130
LD3-LB130M// 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.55 0.75 1.1 11.6
130
LD3-LB130M06
0.900
0.37
0.75
1.1
1.1
1.5
1.62.5
130
LD3-LB130M07
0.900
0.55 0.75
1.1 1.5
1.5
2.2
2.54
130
LD3-LB130M08
0.900
1.1
2.2
2.2
3.7
46
130
LD3-LB130M10
0.900
1.5 2.2
3 4
5.5
7.5
610
50
LD3-LB130M13
0.900
5.5 7.5
7.5
10
11
1016
50
LD3-LB130M17
0.900

Schneider Electric
21162_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
AUTO
TRIP. +
AUTO
TRIP. +
LD5-LB + LB1-LB
LA1-LB001
LA1-LB021
LA1-LB001
LA1-LB015
LA1-LB0311
LA1-LB0211
AUTO
TRIP. +
LA1-LB034
LD1-LB + LB1-LB LD3-LB
LA1-LB031
LA1-LB0341
21163_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Add-on blocks
Current limiter (IP 20)

For use on LD1 or LD5 Function Increases the breaking capacity of the integral unit Reference LA9-LB920 Weight kg 0.320
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20)

For use on LA9-LB920 N/O LD1 or LD5 Mounted on RH side 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state - 2 signalling contacts tripped 2 1 N/C LA1-LB015 1 1 kg 0.100 Type and number of blocks per unit Composition Reference Weight
LD1 Mounted on LH side
1 block of 2 signalling contacts control knob in any position other than Auto
LA1-LB031
0.100
1 block of 2 signalling contacts control knob in any position other than Auto
LA1-LB0311
0.100
1 block of 4 contacts comprising: - 2 signalling contacts control knob in any position other than Auto - 2 signalling contacts tripped on short-circuit 1 block of 4 contacts comprising: - 2 signalling contacts control knob in any position other than Auto - 2 signalling contacts tripped on short-circuit LD5 Mounted on LH side 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state - 2 signalling contacts control knob in any position other than Auto 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state - 2 signalling contacts control knob other than Auto
LA1-LB034 2 1 1 LA1-LB0341 1 1 1 1 LA1-LB021 2 2 1
0.100
0.100
0.100
LA1-LB0211 2 1 1 1
0.100
Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10)

LD1 or LD5 Mounted on RH side or LH side 1 block comprising 1 signalling contact contactor state 1 LA1-LB001 0.035
Test device
Application For control circuits LA9-LB398 Dimensions and schemes: pages 21009/2 to 21011/5
Schneider Electric
Reference LA9-LB398
Weight kg 0.010
21163_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
AUTO
+ TRIP.
LA9-D09982
AUTO
TRIP. +
LA1-LB080BD
LD5-LB + LB1-LB
AUTO
+ TRIP.
LD1-LB + LB1-LB LD3-LB
21163_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4
Schneider Electric
References

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Accessories and spare parts
Interface modules (1)

Mounting Type Control voltage $ V 524 24 48 24 48 Supply voltage 50/60 Hz V 24250 24250 24250 24250 24250 Reference Weight kg LA4-DWB LA4-DFB LA4-DFE LA4-DLB LA4-DLE 0.045 0.050 0.050 0.045 0.045
On top of the integral unit
Solid state Relay output Relay output (with override)
Electronic serial timer modules

Mounting Type Time delay s On top of the integral unit On-delay 0.12 1.530 25500 0.12 1.530 25500 Operational voltage 50/60 Hz (2) V 24250 24250 24250 24250 24250 24250 Reference Weight kg LA4-DT0U LA4-DT2U LA4-DT4U LA4-DR0U LA4-DR2U LA4-DR4U 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.050 0.050
Off-delay
Suppressor modules
Mounting Type Operational voltage 50/60 Hz V 2448 50127 110250 2448 50127 110250 Reference Weight kg LA4-DA2E LA4-DA2G LA4-DA2U LA4-DE2E LA4-DE2G LA4-DE2U LA9-D09982 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.010
RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (3) Screw connections to coil of integral unit Varistor (peak limiting) Screw connections to coil of integral unit
Clip-on
RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (3)
250
Automatic-Manual-Stop control modules

On top Automaticof the Manualintegral unit Stop 24100 100250 LA4-DMK LA4-DMU 0.040 0.040
Replacement voltage converters (1) for $ control circuit operation

Mounting For use on integral Operational Consumption voltage Inrush Sealed $ (4) V W W 24 (6) 100 1.5 Description Reference (5) Weight kg Coil Converter LX1-LB024 LA1-LB080BD 0.065 0.045
On top LD/-LB///BD of the integral unit
(1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters. (2) For use on 24 V, the integral unit must be fitted with a 21 V coil (see page 21164/3). (3) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limited to 3 Uc max and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the usual time). (4) When used on rectified single-phase or 3-phase supply, the ripple must be equal to or less than 0.14 of the average voltage. Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature 40 C. (5) It is essential that the voltage converter be associated with the specific coil indicated. (6) The 24 V converter can be operated by low level input. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the same as the supply voltage (24 V).
Dimensions and schemes: pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

Schneider Electric
21163_Ver2.10-EN.fm/5
References

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Accessories
Protection accessories
Description Sealing cover Protective end cover LA1-LB090 For use on Protection module Protection of unused busbars Sold in lots of 1 5 Unit reference LA1-LB090 GV1-G10 Weight kg 0.010 0.005
Mounting accessories
Description Mounting plate For use on LD1, LD3, LD5 Mounting on 2 x 32 mm rails Reference LA9-LC010 Weight kg 0.150
Cabling accessories
GV1-G09 Description Terminal blocks, 63 A, 3-pole for incoming supply to one or more busbar sets For Cable entry from above Cable entry from below Supply to 2 or more integral units Pitch mm Reference GV1-G09 Weight kg 0.040
LA9-LB960
0.110
Busbar set, 63 A, 3-pole
57 72
LA9-LB930 GV2-G272 GV2-G472
0.037 0.050 0.085
Supply to 4 or more integral units Supply to 1 current limiter on LH side 1 integral unit on RH side
72
72
LA9-LB940
0.050
LA9-LB960
Flush mounting accessories

Description Recessed terminals For Auxiliary contact associated with flush mounted integral 18 integral 18 Sold in lots of 2 Unit reference LA9-LB910 Weight kg 0.001
LA9-LB930
Blanking plate
10
GA1-C6
0.001
Locking accessory
Control knob locking kit Fixing on front face 3 padlocks, 6 mm shank max. (padlocks not supplied) 1 LA9-LB390 0.160
Door interlock mechanism (IP 54)

Type Adjustable from 0 to 185 mm with extension (control knob mounted on plate or door) Selection : pages 21152/2 to 21152/5 For use on LD1, LD3, LD5 Colour of knob Red Black Reference LA9-LB330 LA9-LB331 Weight kg 0.400 0.400
LA9-LB390
Characteristics : pages 21153/2 to 21153/9

Schneider Electric
21164_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
References

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Coils (replacement parts)
a.c. operation
Rated control circuit voltages Uc Uc 50 Hz 60 Hz V V LX1-LB/// 21 24 42 48 110 127 220 230 230 240 380/400 415 440 500 660 21 24 36 48 110 115/120 220 230/240 240 440 460/480 575/600 Average resistance at 20 C 10 % Inductance of closed circuit H 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.40 0.72 0.95 4 4.4 5 6.6 16 17.5 20 22 22 24 60 70 80 102 180 JV BC B CC D E K FC F G LC MC M P PU7 U Q N R S Y LX1-LB019 LX1-LB021 LX1-LB024 LX1-LB032 LX1-LB042 LX1-LB048 LX1-LB100 LX1-LB105 LX1-LB110 LX1-LB127 LX1-LB200 LX1-LB210 LX1-LB220 LX1-LB230 LX1-LB234 LX1-LB240 LX1-LB380 LX1-LB415 LX1-LB440 LX1-LB500 LX1-LB660 Voltage reference code (1) Reference Weight
3.27 4.07 5.17 8.96 16.41 21.13 87.04 102.22 109 137 353 379 448 463 463 493 1389 1491 1779 3312 3554
kg 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065
Consumption at 50 Hz : inrush (cos : 0.55) 75 VA ; sealed (cos : 0.28) 8 VA. Consumption at 60 Hz : inrush (cos : 0.55) 90 VA ; sealed (cos : 0.30) 9 VA.
d.c. operation
The integral 18 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a standard coil and a corresponding voltage converter : see page 21163/5. (1) Coil voltage reference code, used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit. General : pages 21151/2 to 21151/7
Schneider Electric
Selection : pages 21152/2 to 21152/5
Dimension and schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/5
21164_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Operation

integral 18 contactor breakers Auxiliary contact states according to the positions of the control knob
LD1
Auxiliary contact actuators

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Auto
+0
Auto
+0
Auto
+0
Auto
+0
A1
A2
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LB015
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
LA1-LB001 LA1-LB031 LA1-LB0311 LA1-LB034
LA1-LB0341
15
17
15
17
15 17
05
07
17
15
05 06
13 23 31
95
contact open contact closed Off
97
41
06
16
18
16
18
16 18
08
18
16
14 24 32
96
98
42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
05 07 06 08
17 15 18 16
05 07 06 08
On, contactor open

AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
05 07 06 08
17 15 18 16
05 07 06 08
On, contactor closed

AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
05 07 06 08
17 15 18 16
05 07 06 08
Tripped on overload
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
05 07 06 08
17 15 18 16
05 07 06 08
Tripped on short-circuit
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
05 07 06 08
17 15 18 16
05 07 06 08
Off after short-circuit

TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
05 07 06 08
17 15 18 16
05 07 06 08
Manual reset
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
15 17 16 18
05 07 06 08
17 15 18 16
05 07 06 08
RESET

Schneider Electric
08
07
Operation

integral 18 reversing contactor breakers Auxiliary contact states according to the positions of the control knob
LD5
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Auto
+0
Auto
+0
A1
A2
A1
II
A2
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LB015 LA1-LB001 LA1-LB021 LA1-LB0211 LA1-LB001 On the integral
17 15 41 05 06 07 08
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
13 23 31
95
97
41
13 23 31
15
17
contact open contact closed Off
13 23 31
14 24 32
96
42
98
14 24 32
16
18
14 24 32
18
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
16
42
41 42
05 07 06 08
On, contactors open

AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
41 42
05 07 06 08
On, closed
AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
41 42
05 07 06 08
On, closed
AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
41 42
05 07 06 08
Tripped on overload
D clench TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
41 42
05 07 06 08
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
41 42
05 07 06 08

D clench TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
41 42
05 07 06 08
Manual reset
D clench TRIP. + R arm. RESET
13 23 31 14 24 32
95 97
96 98
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
15 17 16 18
13 23 31 14 24 32
17 15 18 16
41 42
05 07 06 08

Schneider Electric
Dimensions : pages 21009/2 and 21009/3 21155_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Characteristics

Type Number of poles Rated operational current (Ie) Rated operational voltage (Ue) Electrical durability in AC-43 at415 V Mechanical durability at Uc Maximum operating rate at ambient temperature 55 C In AC-43 A V
integral 32 3 32 690 1.5 million operating cycles
" $ with converter
10 million operating cycles 3600 operating cycles/hour 600 operating cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC: 947-1, 947-2, 947-3, 947-4-1, 947-6-2 VDE: 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660 BS: 5424, 4752, 4941 NEN, NBN ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, BV, CSA DEMKO, DNV, GL NEMKO, NKK, VE, PTB, RINA, SCC, SEMKO, SETI, UL, USSR, LROS
Product certifications
Protective treatment Ambient air temperature around the device
" $
TH Operation Storage Operation Storage C C C C 25+ 60 40+ 80 25+ 50 25+ 70
(1) Vibration resistance Permissible acceleration Shock resistance Permissible acceleration Degree of protection
5100 Hz
Energised state: 3 gn De-energised state: 3 gn Energised state 8 gn De-energised state: 8 gn IP 20B Protection against direct finger contact Conforming to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and to decree of 22-12-81 (JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982) Conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-072
Impulse duration : 11 ms
To IEC 144 and 529 To VDE 0106
Flame resistance
Without derating In relation to normal vertical mounting plane
3000 From fixing plane (fore-aft tilt) From main axis (left-right tilt)

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)
" 50 Hz " 60 Hz $ with converter

Operating Drop-out
V V V
21660 21600 24, 48, 110 0.851.1 Uc 0.250.7 Uc
Voltage limits at 55 C Average consumption at 20 C and at Uc
" $
(1)
Inrush Sealed Inrush Sealed
VA VA W W W
160 (50 Hz), 185 (60 Hz) 12 (50 or 60 Hz) 250 for 50 ms 4 4 (50 Hz), 5 (60 Hz)
C ms 925 O ms 720 C ms 2535 converter O ms 1020 (1) With converter. (2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the the main poles separate.
" 50/60 Hz $ with

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Type
integral 32
Convential thermal current (Ith) Frequency limits of operational current Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Heat dissipation in the power circuits of the contactor breaker and its protection module Rated making capacity I rms I peak
40 C
A Hz
32 4060 8 690 1.6 1.6 2.5 1.8 4 1.8 6.3 2 10 2 16 3.4 25 4.8 32 6
Conforming to IEC 947-4 Conforming to IEC 947-1 Operational current Power per pole, hot state Conforming to IEC 947-4 Conforming to IEC 947-2 Operational voltage Value of cos Icu (O-t-CO) Ics (O-t CO-t-CO)
kV V A W A kA V
12 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips) 105 380/415 0.25 50 50 440 0.25 50 (1) 35 (1) 480/525 0.3 20 20 600/690 0.8 5 (cos 0.7) 5 4
Rated breaking capacity to IEC 947-2
220/240 0.25 kA rms 50 kA rms 50
to IEC 947-6-2 ensuring reliability of operation
Icu = Ics (O-t-CO-t-rCO) kA rms 50 50 50 15 O: breaking short-circuit current (open); t: time CO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - manual) rCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - remote control) ms With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz A 2s mm2 mm2 mm2 N.m 4 100 x 103 Maximum c.s.a. 1 x 10 or 2 x 6 1 x 6 or 2 x 4 1 x 10 or 2 x 6 2 Minimum c.s.a. 1x1 1x1 1x1
Total breaking time Thermal limit Cabling Flexible cable without cable end Flexible cable with cable end Solid cable Tightening torque

Type Protection Conforming to standards Number of poles Number of protected poles Rated operational voltage Maximum continuous current Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) Temperature compensation Protection against phase imbalance Tripping class Instantaneous trip current setting range Tripping tolerance LB1-LC03M LB6-LC03M Frequent Standard motors starting motors IEC 947-4 type 2 (Iq = 50 kA) NF C 63-650 NF C 63-650 3 3 3 3 690 690 0.432 0.432 0.25/0.4023/32 - 20+ 60 With 10 - 20+ 60 Without LB1-LC// L Distribution circuits NF C 63-120 3 4 4 3 3 4 690 1032 6.3/1023/32 - 20+ 60 Without 36 Irth max 20 %
V A A C
Magnetic protection conforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2
612 Irth max (usual 612 Irth max setting 910 Irth max) 20 % 20 %

Conforming to standards Rated operational voltage Mechanical durability Padlocking facility V Operating cycles IEC 947 690 10 000 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, shank 8 mm max and 5 mm min
Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility

Conforming to standards Rated operational voltage Mechanical durability Padlocking facility IEC 947, NF C 63-130, VDE 0660, VDE 0113 690 Operating cycles 10 000 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, shank 8 mm max and 5 mm min. When flush mounting, interlocking of the enclosure or cabinet door is possible. (1) Conforming to BS 4752 36 kA cycle P2, 50 kA cycle P1.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Add-on current limiter and auxiliary contacts
Add-on current limiter LA9-LB920

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Rated operational voltage (Uc) Conventional thermal current (Ith) Operational thermal current (Ie) Operating threshold Cabling rms current Solid cable Flexible cable without cable end Flexible cable with cable end Conforming to IEC 947-1 Conforming to IEC 947-1 V V A A A mm2 mm2 mm2 N.m 690 (50/60 Hz) 690 (50/60 Hz) 63 32 1000 (non adjustable threshold) 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 10 identical conductors 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 10 conductors 1 x 1.5 to 16 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 4 conductors 2.2
Tightening torque

Conventional thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Switching capacity Rated operational power Making capacity Rated operational power Making capacity Cabling Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 With U 17 V and I 10 mA Voltage 1 million operating cycles 1.5 million operating cycles A V mVA V VA VA VA V W W W mm2 6 690 600 48 300 160 1500 24 120 70 800 110/127 500 300 3500 48 90 50 700 220/240 600 330 6000 110 75 38 400 380/415 520 300 7500 220 68 33 260 440 500 280 7000 440 61 28 220
" category AC-15 (1)
$ category DC-13 (2)
" category AC-15

Voltage 1 million operating cycles 1.5 million operating cycles
$ category DC-13
Signalling contacts
Conventional thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Operational power for 200 000 operating cycles Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 A V V VA VA VA VA V W W W W mm2 3 250 24 100 50 75 75 48 100 50 75 75 110/127 600 90 875 160 110/125 50 6 50 6 220 750 125 500 200 200 50 7.5 50 7.5
" $
Voltage Resistive load Lamp load (3) Inductive load (4) Motor (5) Voltage Resistive load Lamp load (3) Inductive load (4) Motor (5)
Cabling
Isolating auxiliary contacts

Conventional thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) a.c. supply conforming to IEC 947 and NF C 63-130 d.c. supply Cabling A V V 6 690 125
mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 1.5 or 1 x 2.5 1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: making current (cos 0.7) = 10 times the breaking current (cos 0.4). (2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time constant increasing with the load. (3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current. (4) Inductive load: cos 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation. (5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Type
Interface modules
Converters
Used for direct control of the integral 32
By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of the electromagnet
- By a programmable controller, with d.c. control of the electromagnet - Control on d.c. supply Storage : - 25+ 70 Operation : - 25+ 50 Common negative terminal
Ambient air temperature around the device
Storage : - 25+ 70 Operation : - 25+ 50
Insulation
rms voltage between inputs and outputs: 2.5 kV mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5
Cabling
Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5
Operating limits
0.85... 1.1 Uc
0.81.1 Uc (2)
Protection
Against reverse polarity (by diode) and against overvoltage By LED
Against reverse polarity (by diode) and against overvoltage
Indication of input state
Converter module type
LA1-LC 580BD LA1-LC580/D
580ED
180BD LA1-LC180BD
LA1-LC 080BD LA1-LC080BD LA1-LC080ED

A1
080ED
080FD LA1-LC080FD
E1 (0V) E2
Schemes
+ E1
E2
A1
+ E1
E2
+
A2
E1 (0V) E3 E2
A2
"
A1 A2
A1 A2
Input signals (logic side)
Voltage ( ) Current
24 (E1-E2) 30
48 (E1-E2) 20
524 (E1- E2) 1524 V 8.55 V < 2.5
24 (1) (E3-E2) 20
48 (1) (E3-E2) 10
mA
State 0 guaranteed for U or I
< 2.4
< 4.8
<7
< 14
mA
<2
<2
<2
<5
< 2.5
State 1 guaranteed for U
> 20.4
> 40.8
>4
> 14
> 28
Supply voltage
"
5
24240 (A1-A2)
"
24240 (A1-A2)
"
24240 (A1-A2)
$
1
(2) 24 (E1-E2)
(2) 48 (E1-E2)
(2) 110 (E1-E2)
Electrical durability in millions of operating cycles Average consumption Inrush 50 Hz 60 Hz VA VA W
160 185 12 1530
160 185 12 1530
160 185 12 1035
250 4 30
250 4 30
250 4 30
$
Sealed
50/60 Hz VA
$
Operating Pull-in time at 20 C and at Uc Drop-out
W ms
ms
2235
2235
830
15
15
15
(1) For direct control by external contact: connect E1-E3. (2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 250 VA and and the maximum ripple must be 14 %.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Tripping and reset devices, coil suppressor module
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 337-1
Protective treatment
TH
Storage
- 40+ 80
Operation
- 25+ 55
Permissible for operation at Uc
- 25+ 70
Protection against direct finger contact
Conforming to VDE 0106
Tripping devices
Type
LA1-LC070/, LC072/ LA1-LC071/
Pull-in voltage
0.81.1 Uc
0.71.1 Uc
Drop-out voltage
0.350.7 Uc
Average consumption
Inrush
VA
Sealed
VA
Minimum impulse duration
ms
10
Reset devices
Type
LA1-LC052/
Consumption
VA
Duration of a reset cycle
0,5
Mechanical durability
Operating cycles
10 000
Suppressor module LA9-D09982

Type RC (resistor-capacitor)
Scheme
Operational voltage
250

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Breaking capacity of integral 32 contactor breakers, ensuring reliability of operation, according to the operational voltage and protection module fitted.
Breaking capacity without current limiter

Protection module Reference Irth min A LB /-LC03M03 LB /-LC03M04 LB /-LC03M05 LB /-LC03M06 LB /-LC03M07 LB /-LC03M08 LB /-LC03M10 LB /-LC03M13 LB /-LC03M17 LB /-LC03M22 LB /-LC03M53 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 23 Operational voltage 220/240 V 400/415 V max A 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 32 kA kA 440 V kA 500 V kA 600/690 V kA
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

50 50 50
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

15 15 15
130 130 130 130 130 130

15 10 4 4 4
Breaking capacity with current limiter LA9-LB920

LB /-LC03M03 LB /-LC03M04 LB /-LC03M05 LB /-LC03M06 LB /-LC03M07 LB /-LC03M08 LB /-LC03M10 LB /-LC03M13 LB /-LC03M17 LB /-LC03M22 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65 65
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65 65 65
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

65 65 65
130 130 130 130 130 130

42 42 42 42/20 (1) 42/20 (1)
23 32 65 LB /-LC03M53 (1) 42 kA for 600 V - 20 kA for 690 V.

Schneider Electric
Selection of protection module according to tripping characteristics

Motor protection
Standard motors By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LC03M
Time
Frequent starting motors By magnetic modules LB6-LC03M

Time 300 min 100 min
300 min 100 min
0,25 0,40 0,63 1 1,6 2,5 4 6,3 10 16 23 25 32 irth
10 min
M03 M04 M05 M06 M07 M08 M10 M13 M17 M22 M53
10 min
1 min
1 min
10 s
10 s M06 M07 M08 M13 M10 60 M17

M22
M53
1s
2,4
1s
4,8 7,6 12 19 30 48 76 120 190 3,8 6 9,5 15 24 38 60 95 150 380
9,5 15 19 0,1 s
24 38 30
95 150190
300
48 76 120 190 300380
0,1 s
0,01 s
0,01 s
0,1
0,2
0,4 0,6
10
20
40 60 100
200
400 600
0,8 1
10
20
40 60
100
200
400 600 1000

Current in A
Current in A
Distribution circuit protection

By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LC// L
Time
300 min 100 min
6,3 10 16 23 32 irth 25
10 min
L13 L17 L22 L53
1 min
10 s
1s 30 48 75 95 60 0,1 s 95 150190
0,01 s
0,8 1
10
20
40 60
100
200
400 600 1000 Current in A
(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20 C, without prior current low (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current flow (hot state) can be calculated by applying the coefficient 0.5.

Schneider Electric


3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz Current limitation on short circuit
Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

Thermal limit I2t in kA 2s in the short-circuit protection zone
100 80 60
=0 ,3
100 80 60 40
40 20 10 8 6 4 2 1 0,8 0,6 0,4

co s
8 (1) 7 6 5 4
=0 ,2 5
8 (1) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
=0 ,5
20
=0 ,7
3
10 8 6 4
2 0,2 0,1 0,1 1 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200 Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA
0,2
0,4 0,6
6 8 10
20
50
100
200
1 11.6 A 2 1.62.5 A 3 2.54 A
4 46.3 A 5 6.310 A 6 1016 A
7 1625 A 8 2332 A
For 1 to 1.6 A ratings, the thermal limit is less than 1x103 A2s.
(1) Associated thermal protection rating. The breaking capacity is unlimited on contactor breakers fitted with modules: - up to a rating of 1016 A at 220-380-415V. - up to a rating of 6.310 A at 440-500 V. 3-phase 480/525 V, 50 Hz Current limitation on short circuit
Maximum peak current in kA 00 80 60

Thermal limit I2t in kA2s in the short-circuit protection zone
100 80
=0 ,3
40 20
=0
60 40
8 (1) 7 6 5
,5
co
4 3 2 1 0,8 0,6 0,4
=0
,7
10 8 6
6 5 4 3 2 1
8 (1) 7
20
3
10 8 6 4
2 0,2 0,1 0,1
0,2
0,4 0,6
6 8 10 15 20
50
100
200
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 100 200 50 Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA
1 11.6 A 2 1.62.5 A 3 2.54 A
4 46.3 A 5 6.310 A 6 1016 A
7 1625 A 8 2332 A
For 1 to 1.6 A ratings, the thermal limit is less than 1x103 A2s.
(1) Associated thermal protection rating. The breaking capacity is unlimited on contactor breakers fitted with modules: - up to a rating of 1016 A at 220-380-415V. - up to a rating of 6.310 A at 440-500 V.

Schneider Electric
References

integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers for the control and protection of motors (for customer assembly)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 400 V 240 V 415 V 440 V 500 V kW kW kW kW Operational current Breaking capacity (Iq) for Ue 415 V kA Basic reference (3) Weight Complete with code indicating control circuit voltages (2) Usual voltages kg
660 V kW
Without control test function, with padlocking facility Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113) 7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD1-LC030/ B E F M Q 1.430
LD1-LC030
/
With control test function and padlocking facility Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113) 7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD4-LC130/(5) B E F M Q 1.450
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop LD4-LC130
7.5
15
15
18.5
25
32
50
LD4-LC030/(5) B E F M Q
1.450

With control test function and padlocking facility Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113) 7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD5-LC130/ B E F M Q 2.800
LD4-LC030
/
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop 7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD5-LC030/ B E F M Q 2.800
LD5-LC030
/
5
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see page opposite. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660 400 50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y 60 Hz BC CC D FC FC MC MC/PU7 MC Q Q S (4) BD ED FD (3) Variant: UL 508 approved version (starter) at 600 V, to order, add suffix H51 to the reference. Example: LD1-LC030MH51. (4) For use on , the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 voltage converters, including coil suppression device(s) (2 converters for reversing contactor breakers). (5) It is essential to provide electrical locking for reversing contactor breakers integral 32.
Dimensions, schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/ 21165_Ver3.30-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 400 V 480 V 240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V kW kW kW kW Thermal setting range (Irth min to Irth max) A
(compensated and differential for normal starting motors) (1) Magnetic protection Reference Weight
LB1-LC03M
//
600 V 690 V kW
kg
Adjustable magnetic protection, from 6 to 12 Irth max (2) 0.06
( ( ( (
1.1
( (
0.37
( (
0.37
( (
0.55
0.250.4
2.44.8
LB1-LC03M03
0.400
(
0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37
0.40.63
3.87.6
LB1-LC03M04
0.400
0.631
612
LB1-LC03M05
0.400
0.55
0.75
1.1
11.6
9.519
LB1-LC03M06
0.400
1.1
1.1
1.5
1.62.5
1530
LB1-LC03M07
0.400
0.55 0.75 1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
2.54
2448
LB1-LC03M08
0.400
2.2
2.2
3.7
46.3
3876
LB1-LC03M10
0.400
1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5
5.5
7.5
6.310
60120
LB1-LC03M13
0.400
7.5
7.5
10
11
1016
95190
LB1-LC03M17
0.400
11
11
15
18.5
1625
150300
LB1-LC03M22
0.400
7.5
15
15
18.5
25
2332
190380
LB1-LC03M53
0.400
Magnetic only protection modules (for frequent starting motors)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 400 V 480 V 240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V kW kW kW kW 0.18 0.25 0.37 Magnetic protection 600 V 690 V kW 1.1 Reference Weight
LB6-LC03M
//
A 9.519 LB6-LC03M06
kg 0.400
(
1.1
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.1
1.5
1530
LB6-LC03M07
0.400
0.55 0.75 1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
2448
LB6-LC03M08
0.400
2.2
2.2
3.7
3876
LB6-LC03M10
0.400
1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5
5.5
7.5
60120
LB6-LC03M13
0.400
7.5
7.5
10
11
95190
LB6-LC03M17
0.400
11
11
15
18.5
150300
LB6-LC03M22
0.400
7.5 15 15 18.5 25 190380 LB6-LC03M53 (1) Protection modules UL and CSA approved. There are no standard power ratings for these motors. (2) To order PTB approved versions, add suffix H8 to the reference. Example: LB1-LC03M03H8.
0.400
(
Dimensions, schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/
Schneider Electric
5 21165_Ver3.30-EN.fm/3
Selection
integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers for control and protection of resistive circuits in category AC-1
Selecting the type of contactor breaker and protection module

Neutral point connection Neutral TNC connect- (neutral ion and PE combined) Type of circuit 3-pole + PEN Equipment scheme Combination contactor breaker + protection module LD1-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L// LD4-LC130/ + LB1-LC03L// LD4-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L//
PEN
TNS (neutral and PE separated)
3-pole
LD1-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L// LD4-LC130/ + LB1-LC03L// LD4-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L//
3-pole + N
LD1-LC040/ + LB1-LC04L// LD4-LC140/ + LB1-LC04L// LD4-LC040/ + LB1-LC04L// LD1-LC040/ + LB1-LC05L// LD4-LC140/ + LB1-LC05L// LD4-LC040/ + LB1-LC05L//
Note : - the PEN conductor must not be isolated. - all live conductors must be isolated. Neutral protection optional.
5
Schneider Electric
References
3 and 4-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)

Rated thermal current I th 40 C A Maximum operational current AC-1 40 C A Maximum operational voltage V Breaking capacity (Iq) for Ue 415 V kA Number of poles Basic reference. Weight Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Usual voltages kg
Without control test function, with padlocking facility 32 32 690 50 3 4 With control test function and padlocking facility Black knob on blue background (CNOMO, VDE 0113) 32 32 690 50 3 4 Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency stop 32 32 690 50 3 4 LD4-LC030/ LD4-LC040/ B E F M Q 1.450 B E F M Q 1.780 LD4-LC130/ LD4-LC140/ B E F M Q 1.450 B E F M Q 1.780 LD1-LC030/ LD1-LC040/ B E F M Q 1.430 B E F M Q 1.750
LD1-LC030/
Protection modules (for customer assembly)

Thermal-magnetic (compensated) Thermal Magnetic setting setting range range (Irth min (36 Irth max) to Irth max) A A 6.310 3060 Number of poles Number of protected poles Reference Weight
kg 3 4 3 4 3 LB1-LC03L13 LB1-LC04L13 LB1-LC05L13 LB1-LC03L17 LB1-LC04L17 LB1-LC05L17 LB1-LC03L22 LB1-LC04L22 LB1-LC05L22 LB1-LC03L53 LB1-LC04L53 LB1-LC05L53 0.400 0.500 0.500 0.400 0.500 0.500 0.400 0.500 0.500 0.400 0.500 0.500
LD4-LC030/ 1016 4895 3 4 3 4 3 1625 75150 3 4 3 4 3 2332 95190 3 4 3 4 3 LB1-LC03L// (1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660 400 50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y 60 Hz BC CC D FC FC MC MC MC Q Q S $ (3) BD ED FD (3) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with a converter, including coil suppression device.

Schneider Electric
5 21166_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3
21167_Ver2.00-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Current limiter (IP 20)

For use on LD1 or LD5 Function Increases the breaking capacity of the integral unit Mounted on LH side, on RH side or above Reference LA9-LB920 Weight kg 0.320
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20) (1)

For use on LA9-LB920 N/O LD1, LD4 or LD5 Mounted on RH side 1 block of 6 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state - 1 signalling contact control knob in any position other than Auto - 1 signalling contact tripped on short-circuit - 1 signalling contact tripped 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state - 1 signalling contact tripped on short-circuit - 1 signalling contact tripped 2 N/C 1 C/O LA1-LC010 1 1 1 LA1-LC012 2 1 1 1 0.220 kg 0.280 Type and number of blocks per unit Composition Reference Weight
1 block of 4 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state - 1 signalling contact tripped selectable by the user
LA1-LC025 2 1 1 1
0.170
1 block of 3 signalling contacts contactor state
LA1-LC020
0.100
LD4 Mounted on LH side LD5 Mounted on LH side
1 control circuit isolating block (1 or 2 blocks per integral unit)
LA1-LC030
0.035
LA1-LC021
0.100
1 control circuit isolating block comprising 2 contacts
LA1-LC031
0.100
Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10) (1)
LD1, LD4 or LD5 1 block comprising 1 signalling contact contactor state Mounted on LH side or RH side 1 LA1-LC001 0.035
(1) UL and CSA approved.

Schneider Electric
5 21167_Ver2.00-EN.fm/3
21167_Ver2.00-EN.fm/4
Schneider Electric
References

Electrical tripping and remote reset devices

For use on Type of block and number per unit Basic reference. Weight Complete with kg code indicating control circuit voltage (1) Usual voltages Time delay 0.2 s LA1-LC070/ BEFMQ 0.150
LD1, LD4 or LD5 fitted with an LA1-LC010 or LA1-LC012 add-on block
1 tripping block for operation on de-energisation (undervoltage trip)
Instantaneous
LA1-LC072/
BEFMQ
0.150
or 1 tripping block for operation on energisation (shunt trip)
Instantaneous
LA1-LC071/
BEFMQ
0.150
1 remote electrical reset block
24 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052B
0.320
42 V 50 Hz 48 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052E
0.320
100/127 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052F
0.320
200/240 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052M
0.320
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/400 415 50 Hz B E F M U Q N 60 Hz B E F F M M Q
440 N N

Schneider Electric
5 21167_Ver2.00-EN.fm/5
AUTO
TRIP. +
Off O
RESE
LA9-D09982
AUTO
TRIP. +
Off O
RESE
AUTO
TRIP. +
Off O
RESE
21167_Ver2.00-EN.fm/6
Schneider Electric
References


Mounting Type Control voltage $ V 524 Operational voltage 50/60 Hz V 24240 Reference Weight kg LA1-LC180BD 0.110
Solid state
Relay output
24
24240
LA1-LC580BD
0.110
48
24240
LA1-LC580ED
0.110
Replacement coils and voltage converters (1)

For $ control circuit operation Mounting For Operational Consumption integral voltage Inrush Sealed $ (2) V W W On top of the integral unit LD/-LC///BD 24 (4) 250 4 Description Reference (3) Weight kg Coil LX1-LC0249 0.120
Converter
LA1-LC080BD
0.150
LD/-LC///ED
48 (4)
250
Coil
LX1-LC0489
0.120
Converter
LA1-LC080ED
0.150
LD/-LC///FD
110
250
Coil
LX1-LC1109
0.120
Converter
LA1-LC080FD
0.150
Suppressor module
Mounting Type Operational voltage 50/60 Hz V Reference Weight kg LA9-D09982 0.010
Clip-on
250
(1) (1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters. (2) When used on rectified single-phase or 3-phase supply, the ripple must be equal to or less than 0.14 of the average voltage. Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature 40 C. (3) It is essential that the voltage converter be associated with the specific coil indicated. (4) 24 V and 48 V converters can be operated by low level input. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the same as the supply voltage (24 or 48 V). (5) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limited to 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).

Schneider Electric
5 21167_Ver2.00-EN.fm/7
References

Description For use on Upstream power terminals (L1, L2, L3) Sold in lots of 5 Unit reference LA9-LC701 Weight kg 0.050
Power terminal protection shrouds
LA9-LC701 Sealing covers Protection module 1 LA1-LC090 0.010
Description Mounting plates For use on LD1, LD4, LD5 Mounting on 2 x 32 mm rails Reference LA9-LC010 Weight kg 0.150
LA1-LC090
1 x 75 mm
rail or 2 x 32 mm rails Height compensation plate Integral 32 (raises its front face to the same height as the integral 63)
LA9-LC012
0.450
Panel or LA9-LC011 mounting plate LA9-LD010
0.200
Adaptation
Description Kit for lockable knob (LD1) Application For converting a black, non-lockable control knob to a locking knob Reference LA9-LC393 Weight kg 0.100
Door interlock mechanisms (IP54)

Type Adjustable from 0 to 185 mm (control knob mounted on plate or door) For use on LD1 Colour of knob Red Reference LA9-LC330 Weight kg 0.400
Black
LA9-LC331
0.400
LD4, LD5
Red
LA9-LC530
0.400
Black
LA9-LC531
0.400

Schneider Electric
References

integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Coils (replacement parts)
a.c. operation
Rated control circuit voltages Uc Uc 50 Hz 60 Hz V V 24 42 48 110 127 220/230 230 240 380/400 415/440 500 660 24 36 48 110/120 220/240 240 440/480 550/600 Average resistance at 20 C 10 % Inductance of closed circuit H 0.107 0.142 0.24 0.45 0.59 2.43 3.12 4.19 9.7 13 13 15.4 39 46 59 117 Voltage reference code (1) BC B CC D E FC F G MC M PU7 U Q N S Y Reference Weight
1.225 1.78 2.92 5.56 7.10 29.51 37.15 54.28 117.4 168.2 168.72 203 515.1 581.8 741.2 1603
kg LX1-LC020 LX1-LC024 LX1-LC030 LX1-LC042 LX1-LC048 LX1-LC100 LX1-LC110 LX1-LC127 LX1-LC190 LX1-LC220 LX1-LC234 LX1-LC240 LX1-LC380 LX1-LC415 LX1-LC500 LX1-LC660 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120 0.120
LX1-LC///
Consumption at 50 Hz: inrush (cos : 0.55) 150 to 200 VA; sealed (cos : 0.28) 10 to 16 VA. Consumption at 60 Hz: inrush (cos : 0.55) 170 to 230 VA; sealed (cos : 0.30) 12 to 18 VA.
d.c. operation
Integral 32 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a special coil and corresponding voltage converter: see page 21167/7. (1) Coil voltage reference code letter(s), used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit.

Schneider Electric
Dimensions, schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/5 21168_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Operation

LD1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
LD4
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Auto
+0
U U U
A1
A2
A1
A2
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
LA1-LC012
LA1-LC025
LA1LC001
98 41
LA1LC020
13 23 31
LA1LC030
(53) 63 (54) 64
53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54
08
13 23 31
16 18
06 08
96 98
13 23 31
98
13 23 31
contact open contact closed
96
ou
05
14 24 32
15
05
95
14 24 32
95
14 24 32
95
LD1
LD4
13 23 31 14 24 32
Off + control test function

16 18 15 06 08 05
96 98 13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
95
98 95
42
41 42
95
95
Off
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
On, contactor open

AUTO AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95

AUTO AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
Off after overload

TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
Tripped on overload
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95

TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
Manual reset
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
RESET
RESET

Schneider Electric
14 24 32
13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32
Operation

LD5
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Auto
+0
U U U
ou
A1
A2
A2
A1
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC025 LA1- LA1- LA1- LA1LC020 LC001 LC021 LC031
98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 14 24 32 53 63 54 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 64
13 23 31
96 98
13 23 31
06 08
13 23 31
16 18
08
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
98
96 95
contact open contact closed Off + control test function
ou
14 24 32
14 24 32
95
05
95
14 24 32
15
05
95
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
14 24 32
13 23 31 14 24 32
42
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Off
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
On, reversing contactor open

AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
On, closed
AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
On, closed
AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Tripped on overload
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Off after overload

TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95

TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Manual reset
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
RESET
95

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Type Number of poles Rated operational current (Ie) Rated operational voltage (Ue) Electrical durability in AC-3 at 400 V Mechanical durability at Uc Maximum operating rate at ambient temperature 55 C " $ with converter In AC-3 A V
integral 63 3 63 690 1.2 million operating cycles 5 million operating cycles 3600 operating cycles/hour 600 operating cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC : 158-1, 204-1, 204-2, 364, 947-1/2 and 4 UTE : NF C 63-110, C 63-120, C 63-130, C 63-650, C 79-100, C 20-040 VDE : 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660 BS : 5424, 4752, 4941 NEN, NBN ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, BV, CSA, DEMKO, DNV, GL NEMKO, NKK, VE, RINA, SCC, SETI, UL, USSR, LROS pending TH " $ (1) Operation Storage Operation Storage C C C C - 20+ 60 - 40+ 80 - 25+ 50 - 25+ 70 Energised state: 3 gn De-energised state: 3 gn Energised state: 8 gn De-energised state: 8 gn IP 20B Protection against direct finger contact Conforming to to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and to decree of 2-12-81 (JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982) Conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-072 Without derating In relation to normal vertical mounting plane m 3000 From main axis (left-right tilt)
Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature around the device
Vibration resistance Permissible acceleration Shock resistance Permissible acceleration Degree of protection Flame resistance
5100 Hz Impulse duration: 11 ms To IEC 144 and 529 To VDE 0106

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) Voltage limits at 55 C Average consumption at 20 C and at Uc " 50 Hz " 60 Hz $ with converter Operating Drop-out " $ (1) Inrush Sealed Inrush Sealed VA VA W W W " 50/60 Hz V V V 24660 24600 24, 48, 110 0.851.1 Uc 0.250.7 Uc 375 (50 Hz), 450 (60 Hz) 25 (50 Hz or 60 Hz) 300 duration 50 ms 8 8 (50 Hz), 11 (60 Hz)
C ms 1235 O ms 720 $ with F ms 2540 converter C ms 1525 (1) With converter. (2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Type
integral 63
Conventional thermal current (Ith) Frequency limits of operational current Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Heat dissipation in the power circuits of the contactor breaker and its protection module Rated making capacity I rms I peak
40 C
A Hz
63 4060 8 690 25 4.4 32 5 40 5.8 50 7 63 9
Conforming to IEC 947-4 Conforming to IEC 947-1 Operational current Power per pole, hot state Conforming to IEC 947-4 Conforming to IEC 947-2
kV V A W A kA
12 or 15 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips) 105 480/525 0.25 35 35 600/690 0.5 10 10
Rated breaking capacity conforming to IEC 947-2
Operational voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 Value of cos 0.25 0.25 0.25 Cycle P1 (O-t-CO) Icu kA rms 50 50 50 Cycle P2 (O-t-CO-t-CO) Ics kA rms 50 50 50 O: breaking short-circuit current (open); t: time CO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open) Icu = Ics Prospective rms short-circuit current at terminals of a new device Millions of operating cycles With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz Flexible cable without cable end Flexible cable with cable end Solid cable kA rms 50 ms 4 kA 3 1 300 x 103 50 10 0.9 50 25 0.6
conforming to IEC 947-6-2 ensuring reliability of operation Total breaking time Electrical durability in AC-3 at Ie max at 415 V after 1 cycle O-CO-r-CO at Ics Thermal limit Cabling
30 35 0.5
10 50 0.2
A2s mm2 mm2 mm2 N.m
Tightening torque
Maximum c.s.a. 1 x 50 or 2 x 35 2 x 25 1 x 50 6
Minimum c.s.a. 1x6 1x6 1x6

Type Protection Conforming to standards Number of poles Number of protected poles Rated operational voltage Maximum continuous current Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) Temperature compensation Protection against phase imbalance Tripping class Instantaneous trip current setting range Tripping tolerance LB1-LD03P Standard motors NF C 63-650 3 3 690 1363 10/1345/63 - 20+ 60 With 20 Fixed at 15 Irth max 20 % LB1-LD03M Standard motors NF C 63-650 3 3 690 1363 10/1345/63 - 20+ 60 With 20 612 Irth max (usual setting 910 Irth max) 20 % LB6-LD03P Frequent starting motors NF C 63-650 3 3 690 1363 - 20+ 60 Without 612 Irth max 20 % LB1-LD03L Distribution circuits NF C 63-120 3 3 690 1363 10/1345/63 - 20+ 60 Without 36 Irth max 20 %
V A A C
Magnetic protection conforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2

Conforming to standards Rated operational voltage Mechanical durability Padlocking facility V Operating cycles IEC 947 690 10 000 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, 8 mm shank
Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility

Conforming to standards Rated operational voltage Mechanical durability Padlocking facility V Operating cycles IEC 947, NF C 63-130, VDE 0660, VDE 0113 690 10 000 By 1, 2 or 3 padlocks (shank 8 mm max and 5 mm min). When flush mounting, interlocking of the enclosure or cabinet door is possible.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Auxiliary contacts

Conventional thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Switching capacity Rated operational voltage Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 With U 17 V and I 10 mA A V mVA V VA VA VA V W W W mm2 6 690 600 48 300 160 1500 24 120 70 800 110/127 500 300 3500 48 90 50 700 220/240 600 330 6000 110 75 38 400 380/415 520 300 7500 220 68 33 260 440 500 280 7000 440 61 28 220
" category AC-15 (1) Voltage 1 million operating cycles 1.5 million operating cycles
Making capacity Rated operational power
" category AC-15 $ category DC-13 (2) Voltage 1 million operating cycles 1.5 million operating cycles
Making capacity Cabling
$ category DC-13
Signalling contacts
Rated thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Operational power for 200 000 operating cycles " Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Voltage Resistive load Lamp load (3) Inductive load (4) Motor (5) $ Voltage Resistive load Lamp load (3) Inductive load (4) Motor (5) Cabling A V V VA VA VA VA V W W W W mm2 3 250 24 100 50 75 75 48 100 50 75 75 110/127 600 90 875 160 110/125 50 6 50 6 220 750 125 500 200 200 50 7.5 50 7.5
Isolating auxiliary contacts

Rated thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) To IEC 947 and NF C 63-130 Cabling a.c. supply d.c. supply A V V mm2 6 690 125 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 1.5 or 1 x 2.5
1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: making current (cos 0.7) = 10 times the breaking current (cos 0.4). (2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time constant increasing with the load. (3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current. (4) Inductive load: cos 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation. (5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Type Used for direct control of the integral 63 Ambient air temperature around the device Insulation Cabling Operating limits Protection Indication of input state Converter module type Schemes C
Interface modules By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of the electromagnet Storage : - 25+ 70 Operation : - 25+ 50 rms voltage between the inputs and outputs: 2.5 kV mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 0.85... 1.1 Uc Against reverse polarity (by diode) and against overvoltage By LED LA1-LD 580BD LA1-L/580/D
A1
Converters - By a programmable controller, with d.c. control of the electromagnet. - Control on d.c. supply Storage : - 25+ 70 Operation : - 25+ 50 Common negative terminal Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 0.81.1 Uc (2) Against reverse polarity (by diode) and against overvoltage LA1-LD 080BD LA1-L/080BD LA1-L/080ED
A1
580ED
180BD LA1-L/180BD
080ED
080FD LA1-L/080FD
+ E1
E2
+ E1
E2
+
A2
E1 (0V) E3 E2
$ " 48 (1) (E3-E2) 10 < 14 < 2.5 > 28
A1 A2
(0V)
E1
$ "
A1 A2
A2
E2
Input signals (logic side)
Voltage ($) Current
V mA V mA V V
24 48 524 24 (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1- E2) (E1-E2) 30 < 2.4 <2 > 20.4 20 < 4.8 <2 > 40.8 1524 V 50 8.55 V < 2.5 <2 >4 < 2.4 <2 > 20.4
48 524 (E1-E2) (E1-E2) 25 < 4.8 <2 > 40.8
24 (1) (E3-E2)
24 (1) 48 (1) (E3-E2) (E3-E2) 20 <7 <5 > 14 10 < 14 < 2.5 > 28
1524 V 20 8.55 V < 2.5 <2 >4 <7 <5 > 14
State 0 guaranteed for U or I State1 guaranteed for U Supply voltage
" " " " " " $ (2) 24240 24240 24240 24240 24240 24240 24 (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (E1-E2) 5 1 160 185 12 160 185 12 375 450 25 2040 2545 375 450 25 2040 2545 375 450 25 1045 830 250 4 30 15
$ (2) $ (2) $ (2) $ (2) $ (2) 48 110 24 48 110 (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2)
Electrical durability in millions of operating cycles Average consumption Inrush 50 Hz 60 Hz $ Sealed VA VA W
160 185 12
250 4 30 15
250 4 30 15
300 8 35 20
300 8 35 20
300 8 35 20
50/60 Hz VA $ W ms ms
Operating time at 20 C and at Uc
Pull-in Drop-out
1530 1530 1035 2235 2235 830
(1) For direct control by external contact: connect E1-E3. (2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 300 VA and the maximum ripple must be 14 %.

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Tripping and reset devices, coil suppressor module
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 337-1
Protective treatment
TH
Storage Operation Permissible for operation at Uc
C C C
- 40+ 80 - 25+ 55 - 25+ 70 Conforming to VDE 0106
Protection against direct finger contact
Tripping devices
Type Pull-in voltage LA1-LC070/, LC072/ 0.81.1 Uc LA1-LC071/ 0.71.1 Uc
Drop-out voltage
0.350.7 Uc
Average consumption
Inrush Sealed
VA VA ms
8 4
8 4 10
Reset devices
Type LA1-LC052/
Consumption
VA
Duration of a reset cycle
0.5
Coil suppressor module LA9-D09982

Type of protection Scheme Operational voltage V RC (Resistor-Capacitor)
250

Schneider Electric
Characteristics

Breaking capacity
Breaking capacity of integral 63 contactor breakers according to the rated voltage and protection module fitted. Protection module Reference Irth min A 10 13 18 23 28 35 45 Operational voltage 220/240 V 400/415 V max A 13 18 25 32 40 50 63 kA kA 440 V kA 500 V kA 660/690 V kA 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
LB/-LD03/16 LB/-LD03/21 LB/-LD03/22 LB/-LD03/53 LB/-LD03/55 LB/-LD03/57 LB/-LD03/61
130 130 130 130 130 130 130
130 130 130

50 50 50 50
130 130
50 50 50 50 50
130 130
35 35 30 30 30

Schneider Electric

Motor protection (normal starting)

By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03P (1)
Time
300 min 100 min 10 13 18
23 28 35 45 63 25 32 40 50 irth P16 P21 P22 P53 P55 P57 P61
10 min 40 s
1 min
10 s
1s 195 375 270 0,1 s 600 480 750 945
0,01 s 6 10 15 20 30 40 54 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000 Current in A
By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03M (1)

Time
300 min 100 min 10 13 18 23 28 35 45 63 25 32 40 50 irth M16 M21 M22 M53 M55 M57 M61
Thermal zone
10 min
1 min
10 s
1s
Magnetic zone
78
156 108 190
240 300 380
480 600 760
150 216
0,1 s
0,01 s 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000 Current in A
(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20 C, without prior current flow (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current flow (hot state) can be calculated by applying the coefficient 0.5.

Schneider Electric

Motor protection (frequent starting)

By magnetic modules LB6-LD03M
Time
300 min 100 min
Thermal zone
10 min
1 min
10 s
1s
Magnetic zone
78
156 108 190
240 300 380
480 600 760
150 216 0,1 s
0,01 s 6 10 20 40 60 80 100 110 200 400 600 1000 2000 Current in A
Distribution circuit protection

By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03L
Time
300 min 100 min
25 32 40 50 18 23 28 35 45 63 irth L22 L53 L55 L57 L61
10 min
1 min
10 s
1s
75 95
0,1 s
150 190 120 240 150 300 190 380
0,01 s 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000 Current in A

Schneider Electric


3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz Current limitation on short-circuit
100 80 60 40
= 0, 3
0,
25
20
=
0,
1 (1)
10 8 6 4 3 2 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,1

co s =
0,
0,2
0,4 0,3
6 8 10 15 20
50
100
200
1 18 to 25 A up to 45 to 63 A

Thermal limit I2t in kA2 s in the short-circuit protection zone
1000 800 600 400
200
(1)
100 80 60 40
20
10 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200 Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA
1 18 to 25 A up to 45 to 63 A (1) LB1-LD03/22 to LD03/61: rating of associated thermal overload module.

Schneider Electric

Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit (continued)

3-phase 480/500 V, 50 Hz Current limitation on short-circuit
Maximum peak current in KA
100 80 60 40
= 0, 3
0,
25
20
=
0,
1 (1)
10 8 6 4 3 2 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,1

co s
0,
0,2
0,4 0,3
6 8 10 15 20
35 50
100
200
1 18 to 25 A up to 63 A

Thermal limit I2t in kA2s in the short-circuit protection zone
1000 800 600 400
1
200
(1)
100 80 60 40
20
10 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 35 50 100 200
1 18 to 25 A up to 63 A (1) LB1-LD03/22 to LD03/61: rating of associated thermal overload module.

Schneider Electric
References


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 240 V kW 400 V 415 V kW 440 V kW 500 V kW 660 V kW Operational current Breaking capacity (Iq) for Ue 415 V kA Basic reference (3) Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Usual voltages Weight
kg
Without control test function and padlocking facility Black knob 15 LD1-LD030/ 30 33 33 37 55 63 50 LD1-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.700
With control test function and padlocking facility Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113) 15 30 33 33 37 55 63 50 LD4-LD130/ B E F M Q 3.800
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop 15 30 33 33 37 55 63 50 LD4-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.800

With control test function, with padlocking facility Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113) 15 LD5-LD030/ 30 33 33 37 55 63 50 LD5-LD130/ B E F M Q 7.600
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop 15 30 33 33 37 55 63 50 LD5-LD030/ B E F M Q 7.600
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see page opposite. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660 400 50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y 60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q S $ (4) BD ED FD (3) Variant: UL 508 type E approved version (SPCD) at 347/600 V; to order, add suffix H5 to the reference. Ex : LD1-LD030MH5. (4) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 voltage converters, including coil suppression device(s) (2 converters for reversing contactor breakers).
5
Schneider Electric
References


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V 240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V kW kW kW kW kW Thermal setting range (Irth min to Irth max) A
(compensated and differential for normal starting motors) (1) Magnetic protection Reference Weight
kg
Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33 7.5 11 15 18.5 25 33 40 10 15 18.5 22 33 45 55 1013 1318 1825 2332 2840 3550 4563 LB1-LD03P16 LB1-LD03P21 LB1-LD03P22 LB1-LD03P53 LB1-LD03P55 LB1-LD03P57 LB1-LD03P61 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780
Adjustable magnetic protection, from 6 to 12 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63 3 4 5.5 LB1-LD03M// 7.5 9 11 15 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33 7.5 11 15 18.5 25 33 40 10 15 18.5 22 33 45 55 1013 1318 1825 2332 2840 3550 4563 78156 108216 150300 190380 240480 300600 380760 LB1-LD03M16 LB1-LD03M21 LB1-LD03M22 LB1-LD03M53 LB1-LD03M55 LB1-LD03M57 LB1-LD03M61 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780
Magnetic protection modules for frequent starting motors

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V 240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V kW kW kW kW kW 3 4 5.5 LB6-LD03M// 7.5 9 11 15 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33 7.5 11 15 18.5 25 33 40 10 15 18.5 22 33 45 55 Magnetic protection Reference Weight
A 78156 108216 150300 190380 240480 300600 380760 LB6-LD03M16 LB6-LD03M21 LB6-LD03M22 LB6-LD03M53 LB6-LD03M55 LB6-LD03M57 LB6-LD03M61
kg 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780
(1) Protection modules UL and CSA approved.

Schneider Electric
5 21169_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Selection
Selecting the type of contactor breaker and protection module

Neutral point connection Neutral TNC connect- (neutral ion and PE combined) Type of circuit 3-pole + PEN Equipment scheme Combination contactor breaker + protection module LD1-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//
LD4-LD130/ + LB1-LD03L//
PEN
LD4-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//
Note : The PEN conductor must not be isolated TNS (neutral and PE separated) 3-pole LD1-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//
LB4-LD130/ + LB1-LD03L//
LD4-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//
Note : All live conductors must be isolated. Neutral protection optional.
5
Schneider Electric
References

Rated thermal current I th 40 C A Maximum operational current AC-1 40 C A Maximum operational voltage V Breaking Number capacity of (Iq) poles for Ue 415 V kA Basic reference. Weight Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Usual voltages kg
Without control test function, with padlocking facility Black knob 63 63 690 50 3 LD1-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.700
LD1-LD030/
With control test function and padlocking facility Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113) 63 63 690 50 3 LD4-LD130/ B E F M Q 3.800
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop 63 63 690 50 3 LD4-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.800
Protection modules (for customer assembly)

Thermal-magnetic (compensated) Thermal Magnetic setting setting range range (Irth min (36 Irth max) to Irth max) A A 1013 3978 Number of poles Number of protected poles Reference Weight
kg 3 3 LB1-LD03L16 0.780
1318 LB1-LD03L// 1825
54108
LB1-LD03L21
0.780
75150
LB1-LD03L22
0.780
2332
95190
LB1-LD03L53
0.780
2840
120240
LB1-LD03L55
0.780
3550
150300
LB1-LD03L57
0.780
4563
190380
LB1-LD03L61
0.780
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 400 50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S 60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q $ (3) BD ED FD (3) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with a voltage converter, including coil suppression device.
600 S
660 Y

Schneider Electric
5 21170_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3
21171_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20) (1)

For use on Type and number of blocks per unit Composition Reference Weight
N/O LD1. LD4 or LD5 Mounted on RH side 1 block of 6 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state 2 - 1 signalling contact control knob in any position other than Auto - 1 signalling contact tripped on short-circuit - 1 signalling contact tripped 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state 2 - 1 signalling contact 1 tripped on short-circuit - 1 signalling contact tripped 1
N/C 1
C/O LA1-LC010 1 1 1 LA1-LC012
kg 0.280
0.220
1 block of 4 contacts comprising: - 3 signalling contacts contactor state 2 - 1 signalling contact tripped, 1 selectable by the user
LA1-LC025 1 1
0.170
LA1-LC020
0.100
LD4 Mounted on LH side LD5 Mounted on LH side
1 control circuit isolating block (1 or 2 blocks per unit)
LA1-LC030
0.035
LA1-LC021
0.100
1 control circuit isolating block comprising 2 contacts
LA1-LC031
0.100
Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10) (1)
LD1. LD4 or LD5 1 block comprising 1 signalling contact contactor state Mounted on LH side or RH side 1 LA1-LC001 0.035
(1) UL and CSA approved.

Schneider Electric
5 21171_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
21171_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4
Schneider Electric
References

Electrical tripping and reset devices

For use on Type and number per unit Basic reference. Weight Complete with code kg indicating control circ. voltage (1) Usual voltage Time delay 0.2 s LA1-LC070p BEFMQ 0.150
1 tripping block for operation on de-energisation (undervoltage trip)
Instantaneous
LA1-LC072p
BEFMQ
0.150
or 1 tripping block for operation on energisation (shunt trip)
Instantaneous
LA1-LC071p
BEFMQ
0.150
1 remote electrical reset block
24 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052B
0.320
42 V 50 Hz 48 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052E
0.320
100/127 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052F
0.320
200/240 V 50/60 Hz
LA1-LC052M
0.320
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/400 415 50 Hz B E F M U Q N 60 Hz B E F F M M Q
440 N N

Schneider Electric
5 21171_Ver2.10-EN.fm/5
21171_Ver2.10-EN.fm/6
Schneider Electric
References


Mounting Type Control voltage c V 524 Operational voltage 50/60 Hz V 24240 Reference Weight kg LA1-LD180BD 0.110
Sold state
Relay output
24
24240
LA1-LD580BD
0.110
48
24240
LA1-LD580ED
0.110
Replacement coils and voltage converters (1)

For c control circuit operation Mounting For Operational Consumption integral voltage Inrush Sealed c (2) V W W On top of the integral unit LDp-LDpppBD 24 (4) 300 8 Description Reference (3) Weight kg Coil LX1-LD0249 0.300
Converter
LA1-LD080BD
0.150
LDp-LDpppED
48 (4)
300
Coil
LX1-LD0489
0300
Converter
LA1-LD080ED
0.150
LDp-LDpppFD
110
300
Coil
LX1-LD1109
0.300
Converter
LA1-LD080FD
0.150
Coil suppressor module

Mounting Type Operational voltage 50/60 Hz V 250 Reference Weight kg LA9-D09982 0.010
Clip-on
(1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters. (2) When used on rectified single-phase or 3-phase supply, the ripple must be equal to or less than 0.14 of the average voltage. Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature 40 C. (3) It is essential that the voltage converter be associated with the specific coil indicated. (4) 24 V and 48 V converters can be operated by low level input. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the same as the supply voltage (24 or 48 V). (5) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limited to 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).

Schneider Electric
5 21171_Ver2.10-EN.fm/7
References

integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Accessories (to be ordered separately)
Description For use on Upstream power terminals (L1, L2, L3) Sold in lots of 5 Unit reference LA9-LD701 Weight kg 0.050
Power terminal protection shrouds
LA1-LC090
Sealing covers
Protection module
LA1-LC090
0.010
Description Mounting plates For use on LD1, LD4, LD5 Mounting on 1 x 75 mm
rail or 2 x 32, rails Reference LA9-LD010 Weight kg 0.450
Door interlock mechanisms (IP54)

Type Adjustable from 0 to 185 mm with extension (control knob mounted on plate or door) For use on LD1 Colour of knob Red Reference LA9-LC330 Weight kg 0.400
Black
LA9-LC331
0.400
LA9-LD010
LD4, LD5
Red
LA9-LC530
0.400
Black
LA9-LC531
0.400

Schneider Electric
21172_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
References

integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Coils (Replacement parts)
a.c. operation
Rated control circuit voltages Uc Uc 50 Hz 60 Hz V V 24 LX1-LD/// 42 48 110 127 220/230 240 380/400 415/440 500 660 24 36 48 110 115/120 220 230/240 440 460/480 575/600 Average resistance at 20 C 10 % Inductance of closed circuit H 0.045 0.071 0.106 0.19 0.22 0.29 1 1.18 1.48 2.13 4.2 4.5 6.7 7.9 16.7 20 23.7 31 60 Voltage reference code (1) BC B CC CE D E K FC F G LC MC M U UX Q N S Y reference Weight
0.213 0.323 0.503 0.845 0.987 1.26 4.88 5.89 6.48 9.80 19.82 23.24 30.51 37.66 80.46 93.63 116.46 152.18 290.80
kg LX1-LD020 LX1-LD024 LX1-LD030 LX1-LD040 LX1-LD042 LX1-LD048 LX1-LD090 LX1-LD100 LX1-LD110 LX1-LD127 LX1-LD180 LX1-LD190 LX1-LD220 LX1-LD240 LX1-LD360 LX1-LD380 LX1-LD415 LX1-LD500 LX1-LD660 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300
Consumption at 50 Hz: inrush (cos : 0.55) 350 to 400 VA; sealed (cos : 0.28) 20 to 30 VA. Consumption at 60 Hz: inrush (cos : 0.55) 420 to 500 VA; sealed (cos : 0.30) 24 to 36 VA.
d.c. operation
Integral 63 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a special coil and a corresponding voltage converter: see page 21171/7. (1) Coil voltage reference code letter(s), used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit. General : pages 21151/2 to 21151/7
Schneider Electric
21172_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Operation

LD1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
LD4
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Auto
+0
U U U
A1
A2
A1
A2
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
LA1-LC012
LA1-LC025
LA1LC001
98 41
LA1LC020
13 23 31
LA1LC030
(53) 63 (54) 64
53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54
08
13 23 31
16 18
06 08
96 98
13 23 31
98
13 23 31
contact open contact closed
96
ou
05
14 24 32
15
05
95
14 24 32
95
14 24 32
95
LD1
Off + isolation
LD4
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
95
98 95
42
41 42
95
95
Off
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
On, contactor open

AUTO AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95

AUTO AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
Off after overload

TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
Tripped on overload
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95

TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
Manual reset
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
41 42
95
95
RESET
RESET
Characteristics : pages 21152/2 to 21159/
11 References :
pages 21169/2 to 21172/3 Dimensions :
pages 21009/2 and 21009/3

Schneider Electric
14 24 32
13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32 13 23 31 14 24 32
Operation

LD5
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Auto
+0
U U U
ou
A1
A2
A2
A1
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC025 LA1- LA1- LA1- LA1LC020 LC001 LC021 LC031
98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 14 24 32 53 63 54 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 53 63 54 64 64
13 23 31
96 98
13 23 31
06 08
13 23 31
16 18
08
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
98
96 95
contact open contact closed Off + isolation
ou
14 24 32
14 24 32
95
05
95
14 24 32
15
05
95
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
14 24 32
13 23 31 14 24 32
42
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Off
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
On, reversing contactor open

AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
On, closed
AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
On, closed
AUTO
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Tripped on overload
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Off after overload

TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95

TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
95
Manual reset
TRIP. +
13 23 31 14 24 32
16 18 15
06 08 05
96 98
13 23 31 14 24 32
08 05
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
96
98 95
13 23 31 14 24 32
41 42
13 23 31 14 24 32
95
RESET
95

Schneider Electric
Characteristics : pages 21159/2 to 21159/
11 References :
pages 21169/2 to 21172/3 Dimensions :
pages 21009/2 and 21009/3 21161_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Dimensions

Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 18 Control circuit : a.c. LD1-LB030 LD5-LB130 + LB/ -LB03P + LB/-LB03P LD3-LB
Control circuit : d.c. LD/-LB/30 + LB/-LB03P + LA1-LB080
LA1-LB080 = 97,5
78,5
148,5
167,5
45 135
45 135
70
109,5 123 139
4,5 45
36
4,5
45 90 99
70
109,5 123 139
4,5 45
36
Contactor breakers integral 32 Control circuit : a.c.
LD/-LC/30 + LB/ -LC03
LD/-LC/40 + LB1-LC0/
Control circuit : d.c. LD/-LC// 0 + LB /-LC0/ + LA1-LC080 LD/-LC/30
45 135
LD/ -LC/40
LA1-LC080 68,5 45 74,5
LA1-LC080 68,5 45 74,5 =1 9 = = = 66
100
100
99
188
160
99
89
88
109 123 155

Contactor breakers integral 63 Control circuit : a.c. LD/ -LD/ 30 + LB/ -LD03
=1 9 = = = 66
= 38 = 52 33 85
88
109 123 155
89
188
160
= 38 = 52 33 85
Control circuit : d.c. LD/ -LD/ 30 + LB/ LD03 + LA1-LD080
LA1-LD080
121,5
128,5
243
210
250
45
121,5
100,5
121,5
16,5
158,5 192
= 90
158,5 192
= 90
Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 32 LD5-LC /30 + LB /-LC03M
Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 63 LD5-LC/ 30 + LB/ -LC03M
68,5 45 68,5 160
94
93
16,5 129,5
146
= 28 =
146
= 28 =
153,5
182
275
88
89
100,5
45 210
104,5
97,5
123 155
132 160,5 194 59 63 181 59 16,5 148 45
Schemes : pages 21011/2 to 21011/5

Schneider Electric
21009_Ver6.11-EN.fm/2
100,5
109
85
= 33
121,5
210
45

Current limiter LA9-LB920
Add-on blocks For mounting on contactor breakers integral 18 LA1-LB015 LA1-LB031 LA1-LB034 LA1-LB001 LA1-LB0311 LA1-LB0341
LA1-LB080BD LA4-D
2M4 b 146 103 115 LA1-LB001 LA1-LB015 6 53,5 51 12 12

LA1-LB080BD LA4-DA, DE, DF, DT LA4-DL, DM, DR, DW b = 19 b = 12 b = 19
12
11
Add-on blocks For mounting on contactor breakers integral 32 and 63 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC001 LA1-LC07/
LA1-LC052
LA1-LC020
LA1-LC030 (1 or 2)
LA1-LC025 LA1-LC001
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC001 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC070 LA1-LC071 LA1-LC072 26 51 12 9 9 12 LA1-LC001 LA1-LC025
13
11
11
Add-on blocks For mounting on contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 18 LA1-LB015 LA1-LB021, LB0211, LA1-LB001
LA1-LB080BD LA4-D
LA1-LB001 LA1-LB021, LB0211 b LA1-LB001 LA1-LB015 11 12 12 11

LA1-LB080BD LA4-DA, DE, DF, DT LA4-DL, DM, DR, DW Add-on blocks For mounting on contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 32 and 63 LA1-LC021, LC025 LA1-LC031 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC001 LA1-LC001 LA1-LC07// b = 19 b = 12 b = 19 LA1-LC052 LA1-LC020
LA1-LC001 LA1-LC021
LA1-LC031 LA1-LC021
LA1-LC001 LA1-LC012
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC025 LA1-LC070 LA1-LC071 LA1-LC072 11 13 12 26 13 11 26 51 12

Schneider Electric
21009_Ver6.11-EN.fm/3
Mounting

integral 18 On 35 mm
rail
On 32 mm
rails, at 145 mm centres

145 135 DZ5-ME8
On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P
78,5 148,5
139
70
(AM1-DE200) 10
45
139
15
36
139
AF1-EA4
36
integral 18 with current limiter LA9-LB920 LH side
Several integral 18 units with current limiter LA9-LB920 Upstream
100 mini
LA9-LB930
rail
On 32 mm

170 160
93
182
DZ5-ME8
89
155
(AM1-DE200) 10
155
15
G 19 38 19 38 85
155
AF1-EA4
G 19 38 19 38 85
a LD1-LC 30 66 LD1-LC 40 85 LD4-LC 30 66 LD4-LC 40 85 LD5-LC 30 132 integral 32 with current limiter LA9-LB920 LH side
/ / / / /
LD1-LC LD1-LC LD4-LC LD4-LC LD5-LC
/30 /40 /30 /40 /30

100 mini
LD1-LC LD1-LC LD4-LC LD4-LC LD5-LC
/30 /40 /30 /40 /30
Upstream
rail, with mounting plate LA9-LD010

137,5
On 32 mm
266
210
LA9-LD010 128,5
220
DZ5-ME9
33
a 266 266 282 b 137.5 137.5 153.5
G 75
c 192 192 194
4xM5
G 28 28 63
c
c 192 192 194
15
G 28 28 63
210
AF1-EA5
c 192 192 194 G 28 28 63
LD1 LD4 LD5
LD1 LD4 LD5
LD1 LD4 LD5 References Integral 63 : pages 21169/2 to 21172/3

Schneider Electric
21009_Ver6.11-EN.fm/4
210
160
135
Mounting

integral 18 With mounting plate LA9-LC010 On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres
120
139
36
integral 32 With mounting plate LA9-LC010 On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres
110
With mounting plate LA9-LC012 On 75 mm rail
With mounting plate LA9-LC012 On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres
LA9-LC012
LA9-LC012 DZ5-ME5 50
110 206
110
120
96
160
36
120
155
36
155
33 75
19
155
31
40
With height compensation plate LA9-LC011 (1) With mounting plate LA9-LD010 On 75 mm rail
LA9-LD010
LA9-LC011
4xM5,5
160
160
210
155
37 33 75
28
155
37
28
(1) For raising the front face of the integral 32 to the same height as that of the integral 63. integral 63 With mounting plate LA9-LD010 On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres
LA9-LD010 DZ5-ME5 G
68
120
40
31
LD1 LD4 LD5
c 192 192 194 General : pages 21151/2 to 21151/7

Schneider Electric
G 78 78 94 References Integral 18 : pages 21162/2 to 21164/3 References Integral 32 : pages 21165/2 to 21168/3 References Integral 63 : pages 21169/2 to 21172/3 Schemes : pages 21011/2 to 21011/5
110
208
LA9-LC011
21009_Ver6.11-EN.fm/5
110
Mounting

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Flush mounting
Safety clearance
a == (2)
46
a1 a2 2
(1)
LD1-LB030 LD5-LB130 LA1-LB0// 2 x LA1-LB0// (1) Centre of operating knob (2) Fixing centre integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Flush mounting 4 (1)
a 46 100
a1 13.5
a2 27
a == (3)
46
a1 a2 20
LD1-LC030 LD4-LC/30 LD1-LC040 LD4-LC/40 LD5-LC/30 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC010 + LA1-LC052/ LA1-LC012 + LA1-LC052/ (1) Maximum door thickness LD4 and LD5 (2) Centre of operating knob (3) Fixing centre integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers Flush mounting a a1 a2 66 66 85 85 122 13 13 51 51 for interlocking by Safety clearance
4 (1) a == (3) 30 46 a1 a2 1 (2)

a a1 a2 LD1-LD030 90 LD4-LD/30 90 LD5-LD/30 181 LA1-LC010 13 LA1-LC012 13 LA1-LC010 + LA1-LC052/ 51 LA1-LC012 + LA1-LC052/ 51 (1) Maximum door thickness for interlocking by LD4 and LD5 (2) Centre of operating knob (3) Fixing centre References Integral 18 : pages 21162/2 to 21164/3 References Integral 32 : pages 21165/2 to 21168/3 References Integral 63 : pages 21169/2 to 21172/3
Schneider Electric
1 (2)
20 30
21173_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
20
Safety clearance
20
Mounting of accessories

integral 18 Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LB33/ For mounting on LD1-LB030 + LB/-LB03P// LD5-LB130 + LB/-LB03P// LD1-LB030 + LB/-LB03P// LD5-LB130 + LB/-LB03P//
148,5
135 63,25
135 90 = 99 =
LD4-LC/40
65
54
180340 == 45
36
Door drillings
= = 54
integral 32 Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LC33/ and LA9-LC53/ For mounting on LD4-LC/30 and LC/40, LD5-LC/30 LD4-LC/30 LD5-LC/30
= = 54
80
80
182
65
63,25
80
54
170320
=19 = = = 66
= 38 = 52 33 85
80
85 99 132
= 33
Door drillings
= = 54
integral 63 Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LC33/ and LA9-LC53/ For mounting on LD4-LD/30 and LD5-LD/30 LD4-LD/30 LD5-LD/30
= = 54
105
105
105
243
65
54
207357 (LD4) 209359 (LD5)
= 28 = = = 90
105
45 59 63 181 59
Door drillings
= = 54
Schneider Electric
= = 54
105
275
80
21173_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Schemes

Contactor breakers integral 18 with protection module LB/ LD1-LB030 + LB1-LB03P LD3-LB130M//
Reversing contactor breakers integral 18 with protection module LB/ LD5-LB130 + LB1-LB03P
Current limiter LA9-LB920 + contactor breakers integral 18 with protection module LB/ LD1-LB030 + LB1-LB03P
1/L1 3/L2 3/L2 /T2 5/L3 /T3 5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3 A1
A2
A1
A2
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A1
A1
II A2
A2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
6/T3
2/T1
Add-on blocks For contactor breakers LD1 and LD3 Mounted on LH side
A1-LB034 05 07 LA1-LB031
Short-circuit signalling
For contactor breakers LD1, LD3 and reversing contactor breakers LD5 Mounted on RH side
Breaker
4/T2
LA1-LB015 13 23 31
LA1-LB001 41
14
24
32
06
08
Trip signalling
95
15
17
15
17
Auto 0
Signalling Control knob position
96
16
18
16
LA1-LB0341 05 07
LA1-LB0311
18
For reversing contactor breakers LD5 Mounted on LH side

Breaker
06
08
LA1-LB001 41 15 17 15 17 Auto 0 42
LA1-LB021 13 23 31
14
24
32
Signalling
98
97
16
18
16
18
Contacts incorporated in unit
05
07
Control knob position
42
/T1 06 08 15 17 Auto 0 16 18
Control knob position Breaker
1/L1 LA1-LB001 41 LA1-LB0211 13 23 31

Contacts incorporated in unit
Signalling
42
14
24
32
05
07
06
08
15
17
Auto 0
Signalling Control knob position
Dimensions: pages 21009/2 to 21173/3

Schneider Electric
21011_Ver7.11-EN.fm/2
16
18
Schemes

Contactor breakers integral 32 with protection module LB/ LD1-LC0 /0 + LB1-LC0//

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 N1
LD4-LC //0 + LB1-LC0//

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 N1
Reversing contactor breakers integral 32 with protection module LB/ LD5-LC/ 30 + LB1-LC03M
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
2/T1
4/T2
LB1-LC05L
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 N2
6/T3
N2
2/T1
4/T2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
N2
LB6-LC03M
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Current limiter LA9-LB920 + Contactor breakers integral 32 with protection module LB / LD/-LC/ 30 + LB1-LC03M //
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
/T1
/T2
1/L1
3/L2
A1
A2
2/T1
4/T2
Add-on blocks For contactor breakers LD4 Mounted on LH side

LA1-LC030
Isolator
6/T3
5/L3
Add-on blocks For contactor breakers LD1 or LD4 and reversing contactor breakers LD5 Mounted on RH side
Breaker
LA1-LC010 13 23 31
LA1-LC012 13 23 31
LA1-LC020 13 23 31
/T3
6/T3
LB6-LC03M
A2
LA1-LC025 13 23 31 14 24 32 98 ou ou 95 95 96
LA1-LC001 41
(64) (63) 54 53
53
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
32
54
96
Add-on blocks For reversing contactor breakers LD5 Mounted on LH side

LA1-LC001 41 LA1-LC021 13 23 31
06
08
42
14
24
32
16
Control knob position signalling
53
54

Schneider Electric
64
63
Dimensions : pages 21009/2 to 21173/3
15
LA1-LC031
Isolator
18
Auto
+0
05
05
08
95
95
98
Trip signalling
98
1 or 2 LA1-LC030
21011_Ver7.11-EN.fm/3
42
A1
Schemes

Contactor breakers integral 63 with protection module LB/ LD1-LD030 + LB1-LD03/
LD4-LD/ 30 + LB1-LD03/
Reversing contactor breakers integral 63 with protection module LB/ LD5-LD /30 + LB1-LD03M or LD03P
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
5/L3
A1
A1
A2
A1
Q1
Q1
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
A2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
A2
2/T1
4/T2
LB6-LD03M
LB6-LD03M
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
Add-on blocks For contactor breakers LD4 Mounted on LH side

LA1-LC030
Isolator
For contactor breakers LD1 or LD4 and reversing contactor breakers LD5 Mounted on RH side
Breaker
LA1-LC010 13 23 31
LA1-LC012 13 23 31
LA1-LC020 13 23 31
6/T3
6/T3
A2
LA1-LC025 13 23 31 14 24 32 98 ou ou 95 95 96
LA1-LC001 41 42
(64) (63) 54 53
53
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
54
96
06
08
16
Control knob position signalling
For reversing contactor breakers LD5 Mounted on LH side

LA1-LC001 41 LA1-LC021 13 23 31
42
14
24
LA1-LC031 53 63
Isolator
54
64
Dimensions : pages 21009/2 to 21173/3

Schneider Electric
21011_Ver7.11-EN.fm/4
32
15
18
Auto
+0
05
05
08
95
95
98
1 or 2 LA1-LC030
Trip signalling
98
32
A1
Schemes

Tripping devices (1) for LD1, LD4, LD5 LA1-LC071 LA1-LC070, LC072
Remote electrical reset devices (1) for LD1, LD4, LD5 LA1-LC052
Auto
TRIP + RESET
U< C2 D2
B4 B2 B3
0
M
B1
The use of instantaneous auxiliary contact block LA1-LC020 prevents the use of tripping devices or electrical reset devices
(1) For contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers already fitted with an LA1-LC010 or LA1-LC012 instantaneous auxiliary contact block. Interface modules LA4-DW solid state LA4-DF relay output LA4-DL relay output (with manual override)
E1 + E2 E1 + E2 E1 + E2
C1
D1
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
Interface modules LA1-LC180, LD180
LA1-LC580, LD580
A1
A1
+ E1
E2
A2
+ E1
E2
A2
Voltage converters LA1-LB080, LC080, LD080 (supplied with contactor breakers for Switching by control contact 24 or 48 V
$ control circuit operation)

Switching by Low level input 24 or 48 V
Supply
+
(0V)
E1
A1
+
(0V)
E1
A1
Low level input
E1 E3
A2
A1
E3 E2 A2 E2 A2
(0V) E2
A2
Electronic serial timer modules LA4-DT On-delay
LA4-DR Off-delay
Control modules Automatic-Manual-Stop LA4-DM
A1
B2
A2
A1
A2
A1
AUTO/ MAN I/O
A1
B1
(1)
A1
A1
A2
A2
(1) PLC. General : pages 21151/2 to 21151/7

Schneider Electric
References : pages 21162/2 to 21164/3,
21165/2 to 21168/3, 21169/2 to 21172/3
Dimensions: pages 21009/2 to 21173/3
A2
A2
21011_Ver7.11-EN.fm/5
Presentation, characteristics

Adaptors for use with busbar systems
Presentation
Reducing the installation time of components is an important factor that also increases productivity. The comprehensive range of adaptors and mounting accessories allows this objective to be achieved. There are numerous advantages: - saving of space in enclosures, - reduced size of enclosures, - reduced wiring time, - increased protection of personnel against accidental direct contact (IP 20) through the use of insulated mounting rails, - flexibility and modularity of equipment - reliable operation of the equipment with easier maintenance. Description Power distribution is achieved by a 3-pole or 5-pole busbar system. The adaptors clip directly onto the busbar system, providing instantaneous electrical connection. Busbar system pitch: 40 or 60 mm. These adaptors allow mounting of motor starter components such as: - GV2-ME, GV2-P or GV3-ME motor circuit-breakers, - K and D range contactors up to 38 A, - integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers, - LH4-N1 and LH4-N2 soft starters. They are available in different sizes to allow easy installation of varying component combinations. These adaptors can be used in conjunction with interface modules communicating with an AS-i bus, see pages 21087/ 2 to 21087/7. This enables motor starters to be set up on an AS-i bus, bringing all the advantages of the 2 technologies.
LA9-Z32199
General characteristics
Conforming to standards Degree of protection Temperature resistance Rated frequency of current Rated operational current Depending on type of busbar and at 35 C Coefficient K to be applied according to ambient temperature Rated insulation voltage Rated operational voltage Rated permissible peak current With busbar support Busbar size Rated current Maximum let-through energy Support fixing, by screws Cabling, by connectors Flexible cable with cable end Multi-strand cable Solid cable Tightening torque mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 C Hz mm A C K V V IEC 60439 IP 20 with insulated mounting rail LA9-Z098// 120 50/60 12 x 5 200 35 1 40 0.9 12 x 10 360 45 0.75 15 x 5 250 50 0.65 55 0.55 20 x 5 320 60 0.35 20 x 10 520 25 x 5 400 30 x 5 450 30 x 10 630
690 conforming to IEC 60947-1 and NF C 20-040 690 LA9-Z11098 and Z11099 12 x 5 12 x 10 35 35 1 x 108 4 x 108 4x6 LA9-Z11103 Min 4 4 4 1x6 LA9-Z11100 and Z11101 12 x 5 12 x 10 30 35 1 x 108 11 x 108 4x5 LA9-Z11104 Min 16 16 1 x 10
mm kA A2s mm
20 x 10 35 11 x 108
30 x 5 45 6.2 x 108
30 x 10 55 24.8 x 108
Max 35 35 35
Max 70 70
LA9-Z11105 Min 120 35 3 x 12
Max 120 120
Characteristics of adaptors for use with busbar systems (3-phase)

Types LA9Z32196, Z32228, Z32229. Z32238, Z32239 IP 20 mm 2 4 AWG 12 PVC 105 C A V kA A2s 25 32 32 63 80 6 AWG 10 6 AWG 10 10 AWG 8 16
2.5 AWG 22/14
LA9Z32199, Z32200, Z32208 to Z32210. Z32232
LA9Z32343, Z32344, Z40132, Z60132, Z40232, Z60232
LA9Z32345
LA9Z32253
LA9Z32248 Z32249
Degree of protection to IEC 60529 Conductor c.s.a. (colour: black) Type of conductor insulation Permissible current Rated insulation voltage Rated peak current Maximum let-through energy References : pages 24582/2 to 24582/9
15 250
690 conforming to NF C 20-040 and IEC 60947-1 6 2 x 105 6 2 x 105 6 2 x 105 10 3 x 105 10 3 x 105

Schneider Electric
24581_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
Characteristics

Adaptors for use with busbar systems Short-circuit resistance
Determining the spacing between busbar supports (1)

Busbar system with 40 mm pitch
Peak current Ipk (kA)
Busbar system with 60 mm pitch

Peak current Ipk (kA)
50
70
40 12 x 5 et 12 x 10 30
60 30 x 10 50 30 x 5 40 12 x 10 et 20 x 10 12 x 5
20
10
30
0 200 300 400 500 Busbar support fixing centres (mm) 600
20 200 300 400 500 600

Busbar support fixing centres (mm)
(1) Depending on the prospective short-circuit current.
Current capacity of busbars

For an ambient temperature of 35C and a busbar temperature of 65C 15 x 5 20 x 5 25 x 5 30 x 5 mm2 12 x 5 C.s.a. Permissible current A 200 250 320 400 450 12 x 10 360 20 x 10 520 30 x 10 630
If the above climatic conditions are modified, consult the chart below to find the correction factor K2 to be applied.
Factor k2 Ambient temperature
,2 ,1 ,0 ,9 ,8 ,7 ,6 ,5 ,4 ,3 ,2 ,1 ,0 ,9 ,8 ,7 ,6 ,5 ,4 ,3 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
C 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
95 100 105 110 115 120 125 Busbar tempterature (C)
Example: in normal operating conditions, a set of 30 x 10 tinned busbars can withstand a continuous load of 630 A. For a load of 800 A, the correction coefficient K2 to be applied will be 1.3 ( 800 A ). It follows that the temperature rise of the busbars will be 82.5 C. 630 A References : pages 24582/2 to 24582/9
Schneider Electric
24581_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
40 mm : LA9-Z32228 60 mm : LA9-Z32229
500336
40 mm : LA9-Z32196
500334
GV2-ME, GV2-P
GV2-ME, GV2-P
LC1, LP1, LP4-K06...K12
LC1, LP1, LP4-K06...K12
40 mm : LA9-Z32199 60 mm : LA9-Z32200
500335
40 mm : LA9-Z40132 60 mm : LA9-Z60132
500337
GV2-ME, GV2-P
GV2-ME, GV2-P
LC1-D09...D38
LC1-D09...D38
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Adaptors for busbar systems with 40 mm pitch - non-reversing

Motor starter type Operational current AC-3 440 V A Width x height of adaptor mm 45 x 139 Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg 4 LA9-Z32196 0.788
GV2-ME + LC1, LP1, LP4-K06K12 12 or GV2-P
45 x 182
LA9-Z32228
0.984
GV2-ME + LC1-D09D38 or GV2-P
32
45 x 182
LA9-Z40132
0.984
54 x 182
LA9-Z32199
1.144

Motor starter type Operational current AC-3 440 V A Width x height of adaptor mm 45 x 182 Sold in lots of k 4 LA9-Z32229 0.984 Unit reference Weight
GV2-ME + LC1, LP1, LP4-K06K12 12 or GV2-P
32
45 x 182
LA9-Z60132
0.984
54 x 182
LA9-Z32200
1.220
Characteristics : pages 24581/2 and 24581/3

Schneider Electric
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/3
60 mm : LA9-Z32210
500340
40 mm : LA9-Z32232
500339
GV2-ME, GV2-P
GV2-ME, GV2-P
LC2, LP2, LP5-K06...K12
LC2, LP2, LP5-K06...K12
40 mm : LA9-Z32208 60 mm : LA9-Z32209
500342
40 mm : LA9-Z40232 60 mm : LA9-Z60232
500341
GV2-ME, GV2-P
GV2-ME, GV2-P
LC2-D09...D38
LC2-D09...D38
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/4
Schneider Electric
References

Adaptors for busbar systems with 40 mm pitch - reversing

Motor starter type Operational current AC-3 440 V A 12 Width x height of adaptor mm 90 x 139 Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg 2 LA9-Z32232 0.788
GV2-ME + LC2, LP2, LP5-K06K12 or GV2-P
32
90 x 182
LA9-Z40232
1.884
135 x 182
LA9-Z32208
0.638

Motor starter type Operational current AC-3 440 V A 12 Width x height of adaptor mm 90 x 182 Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg 4 LA9-Z32210 1.868
GV2-ME + LC2, LP2, LP5-K06K12 or GV2-P
32
90 x 182
LA9-Z60232
1.948
135 x 182
LA9-Z32209
0.651

Schneider Electric
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/5
60 mm : LA9-Z32238
500349
60 mm : LA9-Z32253
500350
60 mm : LA9-Z32239
500351
GV2-ME, GV2-P
GV2-ME, GV2-P
GV3-ME
LH4-N2 LH4-N1
60 mm : LA9-Z32343
500352
LD1-LB, LC LD4-LC
60 mm : LA9-Z32345
500353
60 mm : LA9-Z32344
500354
LD1-LD LD4-LD
LD5-LB, LC
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/6
Schneider Electric
References


Motor starter type Operational current AC-3 440 V A 18 Width x height of adaptor mm 67.5 x 182 Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg 1 LA9-Z32343 0.590
Integral LD1-LB
Integral LD1, LD4-LC
32
67.5 x 182
LA9-Z32343
0.590
Integral LD1, LD4-LD
63
108 x 244
LA9-Z32345
0.887
GV2-ME + LH4-N1 or GV2-P or LH4-N2
25
45 x 242
LA9-Z32238
1.476
25
90 x 242
LA9-Z32239
1.476
GV3-ME
80
72 x 182
LA9-Z32253
0.347

Motor starter type Operational current AC-3 440 V A 18 Width x height of adaptor mm 135 x 182 Reference Weight
kg LA9-Z32344 1.001
Integral LD5-LB
Integral LD5-LC
32
135 x 182
LA9-Z32344
1.001

Schneider Electric
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/7
LA9-Z11099
LA9-Z11098
LA9-Z11103 LA9-Z32936
LA9-Z32ppp LA9-Z098pp
LA9-Z11098 LA9-Z32248 LA9-Z32249
LA9-Z11099
LA9-Z11100
LA9-Z11101
LA9-Z32ppp
LA9-Z098pp
LA9-Z91413
LA9-Z11105
LA9-Z32248 LA9-Z32249
LA9-Z11100
LA9-Z11101
LA9-Z11104
LA9-Z11118
LA9-Z11105
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/8
Schneider Electric
60 mm
LA9-Z11102
40 mm
References of mounting and cabling accessories

Accessories for busbar sets with 40 mm pitch

Description Sold in lots of 3-pole 10 Unit reference LA9-Z11098 Weight kg 1.040
Busbar system supports (1)
3-pole + N + T Insulated rails (length 1 m) For busbars, thickness 5 mm For busbars, thickness 10 mm Connector Capacity 35 mm2 For connector LA9-Z11103 For increasing the width of the adaptor Width 54 mm Width 45 mm
10
LA9-Z11099
1.400 0.420 0.940
10 10
LA9-Z09818
LA9-Z09820
50 1 4
LA9-Z11103
2.300 0.160 0.472
Protective cover
LA9-Z91413
Side module, 13.5 x 182 mm
LA9-Z32936
Plug-in terminal blocks for use with LA9-Z32ppp (7-pole)
1 1
LA9-Z32248
0.066 0.055
LA9-Z32249
Accessories for busbar sets with 60 mm pitch

Description Sold in lots of 3-pole 3-pole + N Insulated terminal shroud 3-pole 10 10 10 Unit reference Weight kg LA9-Z11100 2.100 2.660 0.310
Busbar system supports (1)
LA9-Z11101
LA9-Z11102
4-pole Insulated rails (length 1 m) For busbars, thickness 5 mm For busbars, thickness 10 mm Connectors Capacity 70 mm 2
10 10 10 25
LA9-Z11118
0.380 0.800 0.940 1.875
LA9-Z09819
LA9-Z09820
LA9-Z11104
3-pole capacity 120 mm2 Protective cover For connector LA9-Z11104 Width 54 mm
1 1 1
LA9-Z11105 (2) LA9-Z91413
0.719 0.160 0.066
Plug-in terminal blocks for use with LA9-Z32ppp (7-pole)
LA9-Z32248
Width 45 mm
LA9-Z32249
0.055
(1) For dimensions and rated operational current, see pages 24581/2 and 24581/3. (2) Supplied complete with protective cover.

Schneider Electric
24582-EN_Ver2.10.fm/9
Dimensions

Adaptors for use with busbar systems Motor starter combinations for customer assembly
GV2-ME or P + LCp, LPp-K
GV2-ME or P + LCp-D
Motor starter combinations, non-reversing

Motor starter type a b 40 mm system c Adaptor a c or LC(1) reference 125 145 125 145 139 142 146 146 131 142 140 142 125 145 125 145 139 142 146 146 137 142 146 146 LA9-Z32196 LA9-Z32196 LA9-Z32228 LA9-Z32228 LA9-Z40132 LA9-Z40132 LA9-Z40132 LA9-Z40132 LA9-Z32199 LA9-Z32199 LA9-Z32199 LA9-Z32199 60 mm system c a c or LC(1) Other 135 155 149 152 156 156 141 152 150 152 135 155 149 152 156 156 147 152 156 156 195 225 250 163 163 163 163 180 e1 Adaptor reference LA9-Z32229 LA9-Z32229 LA9-Z60132 LA9-Z60132 LA9-Z60132 LA9-Z60132 LA9-Z32200 LA9-Z32200 LA9-Z32200 LA9-Z32200 LA9-Z32343 LA9-Z32343 LA9-Z32345 LA9-Z32238 LA9-Z32238 LA9-Z32239 LA9-Z32239 LA9-Z32253 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 33 33 33 33 33 33 50 33 33 33 33 50
GV2-ME + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 GV2-P + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 GV2-ME + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 GV2-P + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 GV2-ME + LC1-D09 to D18 GV2-P + LC1-D09 to D18 GV2-ME + LC1-D25 to D38 GV2-P + LC1-D25 to D38 GV2-ME + LC1-D09 to D18 GV2-P + LC1-D09 to D18 GV2-ME + LC1-D25 to D38 GV2-P + LC1-D25 to D38 Integral 18 LD1 Integral 32 LD1, LD4 Integral 63 LD1, LD4 GV2-ME + LH4-N1 GV2-P + LH4-N1 GV2-ME + LH4-N2 GV2-P + LH4-N2 GV3-ME (1) LC = Low Consumption
45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 54 54 54 54 68 68 108 45 45 90 90 72
152 152 184 184 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 184 184 244 242 242 242 242 182
X electrical clearance GV2-ME GV2-P Integral 18 or 32 Integral 63 GV3-ME Characteristics : pages 24581/2 and 24581/3 References : pages 24582/2 to 24582/9
Ue 415 V 40 40 30 20 40
Ue = 440 V 40 80 20 20 40
Ue = 500 and 600 V 40 120 30 20 50
4583 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Dimensions

Adaptors for use with busbar systems Motor starter combinations for customer assembly
GV2-ME or P + LC2, LP2-K
Integral
GV2-ME or P + LH4-Np
Motor starter combinations, reversing

Motor starter type a b 40 mm system c Adaptor a c or LC(1) reference 125 145 139 142 146 146 131 142 140 142 125 145 139 142 146 146 137 142 146 146 125 145 LA9-Z32232 LA9-Z32232 LA9-Z40232 LA9-Z40232 LA9-Z40232 LA9-Z40232 LA9-Z32208 LA9-Z32208 LA9-Z32208 LA9-Z32208 LA9-Z32232 LA9-Z32232 60 mm system c a c or LC(1) LD5 135 155 149 152 156 156 141 152 150 152 135 155 149 152 156 156 147 152 156 156 135 155 195 195 e1 Adaptor reference LA9-Z32210 LA9-Z32210 LA9-Z60232 LA9-Z60232 LA9-Z60232 LA9-Z60232 LA9-Z32209 LA9-Z32209 LA9-Z32209 LA9-Z32209 LA9-Z32210 LA9-Z32210 LA9-Z32344 LA9-Z32344 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 33 33 33 33 40 40 40 40 33 33
GV2-ME + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 GV2-P + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 GV2-ME + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 GV2-P + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 GV2-ME + LC2-D09 to D18 GV2-P + LC2-D09 to D18 GV2-ME +LC2-D25 to D38 GV2-P + LC2-D25 to D38 GV2-ME + LC2-D09 to D18 GV2-P + LC2-D09 to D18 GV2-ME + LC2-D25 to D38 GV2-P + LC2-D25 to D38 GV2-ME + LP5-K06 to K12 GV2-P + LP5-K06 to K12 GV2-ME + LP5, K06 to K12 GV2-P + LP5, K06 and K12 Integral 18 LD5 Integral 32 LD5 (1) LC = Low Consumption
90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 135 135 135 135 90 90 90 90 135 135
150 150 184 184 200 200 200 200 203 203 201 201 150 150 184 184 184 184

Schneider Electric
24583 Ver2.00-EN.fm/
General selection guide
TeSys enclosed starters
Applications
D.O.L. starters
Type
Standard starters
Starters for safety applications
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors in AC-3 400/415 V
437 kW
0.0645 kW
0.5530 kW 0.375.5 kW
0.2545 kW
2.245 kW
0.0611 kW
Starters Manual Auto p p p p p p p
Isolation Switch Circuit-breaker Disconnector p p p p p p
Protection Short-circuit Overload p p p p p p p p p p p
Communication References Non reversing
VpF VCFN VpFX
GV2-ME GV3-CE
GV2-LC LE1-GVME LE1-M GV-NGC LE1-D LE2-K LE2-D
LE4-K LE4-D LE8-K LE8-D LE2-D

24103/2 and 24103/3
GV2-ME
Reversing
Pages
23008/2 and 23008/3
80263/2 and 80263/3
24110/2
24111/2
24101/2, 24101/3 and 24105/2
21058/2 and 21058/3
(1) Please consult your Regional Sales Ofce.
0243Q-EN_Ver2.22.fm/2
Schneider Electric
Soft start units
Variable speed controllers
AS-i bus starters
Standard star-delta starters
Electronic soft start soft stop units
0.069 kW
0.069 kW
0.065.5 kW
5.5 132 kW
7.5 75 kW
0.3711 kW
0.374 kW
0.7575 kW
p (LH7-0M) p (LH7-KP)
p p
p p
p p
p (from 7.5 kW) p (up to 5.5 kW)
p p
p p
p p
p p
p p
p p
p p
LG1-K LG1-D
LG7-K LG7-D LJ7-K LG8-K LJ8-K
LF1-M LF1-P LF7-P LF2-M LF2-P LF8-P
LE3-K LE3-D LE3-F (1)
LE6-D LE3-D
LH7-0 LH7-K
ATV-28E
ATV-58E
ATV-28E
ATV-58E
24026/3
24026/2 and 24026/4, 26044/2 and 26044/3
24084/2 to 24088/ 3
24106/2 24108/2 and 24106/ and 3 24108/3
24073/2 and 24073/3
(1)
Schneider Electric
0243Q-EN_Ver2.22.fm/3
References
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, pre-assembled
Enclosed switch disconnectors for high performance applications

3-pole switch disconnectors, 10 to 140 A, rotary operator, conforming to IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 204. Padlockable handle (padlocks not included). IP 65 degree of protection enclosure, lead sealable and lockable. Lockable cover in position I (ON) up to 63 A rating. Marking on front plate
VCF-0GE
3-pole main and emergency stop switch disconnectors (1) Operator Ithe Power IncorpHandle Front plate AC-23 orated Dimensions at 400 V switch body mm A kW Red Yellow Padlockable, 60 x 60 up to 3 locks ( 4 to 8 shank) 10 16 20 25 32 50 63 Red cross Yellow type 90 x 90 Padlockable, up to 3 locks ( 4 to 8 shank) 100 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 22 30 37 V02 V01 V0 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5
Possible attachments (2)
Reference
Weight
kg 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 VCF-02GE VCF-01GE VCF-0GE VCF-1GE VCF-2GE VCF-3GE VCF-4GE VCF-5GE 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.930 0.930 2.190
140
45
V6
VCF-6GE
2.190
VCF-3GE
3-pole main stop switch disconnectors (1) Black Black Padlockable, 60 x 60 up to 3 locks ( 4 to 8 shank) 10 16 20 25 32 50 63 VBF-0GE Black cross Black type 90 x 90 Padlockable, up to 3 locks ( 4 to 8 shank) 100 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 22 30 37 V02 V01 V0 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 VBF-02GE VBF-01GE VBF-0GE VBF-1GE VBF-2GE VBF-3GE VBF-4GE VBF-5GE 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.930 0.930 2.190
140
45
V6
VBF-6GE
2.190
Enclosed switch disconnectors for standard applications

- 3-pole switch disconnectors, 10 to 32 A, rotary operator, conforming to IEC 947-4-1. - Degree of protection IP 55. 3-pole main and emergency stop switch disconnectors (1) Red Yellow Padlockable, 60 x 60 either by 1 lock ( 8 shank) or by 3 locks ( 6 shank) VCFN-12GE 10 16 20 25 4 5.5 7.5 11 VN-12 VN-20 V0 V1 2 2 0 0 VCFN-12GE (2) VCFN-20GE (2) VCFN-25GE VCFN-32GE 0.422 0.422 0.512 0.512 0.512
32 15 V2 0 VCFN-40GE (1) For characteristics of switch disconnectors, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (2) For VCF and VBF enclosures, see page 23009/2. For VCFN enclosures, see page 23009/3.
Dimensions : page 23010/2 23008_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric
References
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, assembled by user
Empty enclosures
IP 65 enclosure with red padlockable handle operator and yellow front plate (for mounting a main or emergency stop switch disconnector) For switch Ithe Possible Reference Weight body attachments (1) A kg VN-12, VN-20 V02V2 V02V2 1032 2 VCFX-GE1 0.340
1032
VCFX-GE4
0.660
V3 and V4 VBFX-GE2
5063
VCFX-GE2
0.660
VCFX-GDXE
0.660
IP 65 enclosure with black padlockable handle and black front plate (for mounting main stop switch disconnector) For switch Ithe Possible Reference Weight body attachments (1) A kg VN-12, VN-20 V02V2 V02V2 1032 2 VBFX-GE1 0.340
1032
VBFX-GE4
0.660
V3 and V4
5063
VBFX-GE2
0.660
VBFX-GDXE
0.660
Switch bodies for standard applications (2)

Description Rating A 10 Reference Weight kg 0.110
3-pole switch disconnectors
VN-12
16
VN-20
0.110
Switch bodies for high performance applications (2)

3-pole switch disconnectors
V02
16
V01
0.200
20 V0
V0
0.200
25
V1
0.200
32
V2
0.200
50
V3
0.200
63
V4
0.200
(1) See pages 23009/2 and 23009/3. (2) For characteristics of switch disconnectors, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Dimensions :
pages 23010/2 and 23010/3
Schneider Electric
References
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors Add-on modules
Add-on modules for enclosures VCF and VBF

Description Rating A 10 16 20 25 VZ-0 VZ-11 32 50 63 Neutral pole modules with early make and late break contacts 10 to 32 50 and 63 100 and 140 Earthing modules 10 to 32 50 and 63 100 and 140 Auxiliary contact block modules with 2 auxiliary contacts VZ-15 VZ-20 N/O + N/C (1) N/O + N/O Reference Weight kg 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.100 0.100 0.050 0.100 0.250 0.050 0.100 0.250 0.050 0.050
Main pole module (mounted in enclosure)
VZ-02 VZ-01 VZ-0 VZ-1 VZ-2 VZ-3 VZ-4 VZ-11 VZ-12 VZ-13 VZ-14 VZ-15 VZ-16 VZ-7 VZ-20
Maximum number of add-on modules which can be fitted on a switch body

1 add-on module on each side of the switch body.
VZ-7 or VZ-20 or VZ-11 or VZ-12 or VZ-14 or VZ-15 or VZ-0//VZ-0 to VZ-4
V0/
VZ-7 or VZ-20 or
V0 to V4
VZ-11 or VZ-12 or
VZ-14 or VZ-15 or
VZ-0//VZ-0 to VZ-4
2 add-on modules on each side of the switch body. VZ-0/ VZ-0 VZ-1 VZ-2 VZ-3 VZ-4 VZ-0/ VZ-0 VZ-1 VZ-2 VZ-3 VZ-4 V0/ V0 V1 V2 V3 V4 VZ-0/ VZ-0 VZ-1 VZ-2 VZ-3 VZ-4
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + +
VZ-7 VZ-7 VZ-7 VZ-7 VZ-7 VZ-7
or or or or or or
VZ-20 VZ-20 VZ-20 VZ-20 VZ-20 VZ-20
or or or or or or
VZ-11 VZ-11 VZ-11 VZ-11 VZ-12 VZ-12
or or or or or or
VZ-14 VZ-14 VZ-14 VZ-14 VZ-15 VZ-15
Note: The add-on modules mounted next to the switch body are main poles. Maximum of 3 main poles per switch body. (1) Late make N/O contact, early break N/C contact

Schneider Electric
References
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors Add-on modules
Add-on modules for enclosures VCFN-12GE and 20GE

Main pole module
VZN-12
VZN-11 16 VZN-20 0.020
Neutral pole module with early make and late break contacts
10 and 16
VZN-11
0.020
Earthing module
10 and 16
VZN-14
0.016
VZN-14
Auxiliary contact block module
1 late make N/O contact
VZN-05
0.020
1 early break N/C contact
VZN-06
0.020
VZN-05
Maximum number of add-on modules which can be fitted on switch body

VZN-12 or VZN-20 + VN-12 + VZN-12 or VZN-20 or
or or VN-20
VZN-11 or
VZN-05 or VZN-06 or
VZN-05 or VZN-06
VZN-14

Schneider Electric
23009_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Dimensions
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
VCFN-12GE to VCFN-40GE
= 106 = 131 90
82,5
Cable glands: 2 x 16 P top and bottom VCF or VBF-02GE to 4GE VCFX or VBFX-GE1 to GE4
c c1
= a
a V/F-02GE to V/F-2GE, V/FX-GE1 (1) 90 V/F-3GE and V/F-4GE (2) 150 V/FX-GE2 and V/FX-GE4 (2) 150
b 146 170 170
c 85 106 106
c1 131 152 152
H 130 164 164
(1) Cable glands 2 x 16 P top and bottom (2) Cable glands 2 x 16/21/29 P top and bottom VCF or VBF-5GE and 6GE
126 191
190 220
References : page 23008/2 23010_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric
201 280
Dimensions
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, for customer assembly
Empty enclosures VCFX or VBFX-GDXE
86 162
130 168
Schemes Switch disconnectors enclosed or switch bodies
Main pole module
Neutral pole module
1/L1
3/L2
2/T1
4/T2
Auxiliary contact blocks VZ-7 VZ-20
6/T3
5/L3
VZN-05
VZN-06
13
13
21
23
13
14
14
22
24
14

Schneider Electric
22
21
180 220
23010_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
GV2-V01 GV2-MC
GV2-K04
GV2-MP
GV2-K011
GV2-E01
GV2-CP
GV2-SN
21020-EN_Ver6.1.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References
Safety solutions using Preventa
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers model GV2-ME and accessories, assembled by customer
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers GV2-ME

Motor-circuit breakers and accessories: see pages 4/28 and 4/29. The starter consisting of an enclosed motor circuit-breaker GV2-ME conforms to IEC 947-4-1. GV2ME01 ME02 ME03 ME04 ME05 ME06 ME07 ME08 ME10 ME14 ME16 ME20 ME21 ME22 Ithe enclosed (A)0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 9 13 17 21 23
Enclosures for thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers GV2-ME

Type Degree of protection Possible attachments on side of GV2-ME Left Right 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 or IP 55 for temperature < + 5 C IP 41 (front face) IP 41 (reduced flush mounting) IP 55 (front face) IP 55 (reduced flush mounting) 1 1 1 1 1 Reference Weight kg GV2-MC01 GV2-MC02 GV2-MCK04 (1) GV2-MC03 GV2-MP01 GV2-MP03 GV2-MP02 GV2-MP04 0.290 0.300 0.420 0.300 0.115 0.115 0.130 0.130
Surface mounting Double, insulated with protective conductor. Sealable cover Flush mounting with protective conductor
IP 41 IP 55
Front plate
Description For direct control, through a panel of a chassis-mounted GV2-ME IP 55 Sold in lots of 1 Unit reference GV2-CP21 Weight kg 0.800
Accessories common to all enclosures (to be ordered separately)

Padlocking device (2) for GV2-ME operator (padlocking is only possible in O position) Mushroom head Stop pushbutton 40 mm, red Sealing kit Spring return (2) Latching (2) IP 55 Key release key n 455 Turn to release For enclosures and front plate IP 55 IP 55 for < + 5 C 1 to 3 padlocks 1 4 to 8 mm 1 1 1 1 10 10 100 Voltage V 110 Colour 50 Sold in lots of GV2-V01 0.075
GV2-K011 GV2-K021 GV2-K031 GV2-K04 (3) GV2-E01 GV2-E02 AB1-VV635UBL AB1-AC6BL Unit reference
0.052 0.160 0.115 0.120 0.012 0.012 0.015 0.003 Weight kg 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019
Neutral terminal Partition Description Neon indicator light
Green 10 GV2-SN13 Red 10 GV2-SN14 10 GV2-SN15 Orange 10 GV2-SN17 Clear 10 GV2-SN23 220/240 Green Red 10 GV2-SN24 10 GV2-SN25 Orange 10 GV2-SN27 Clear 10 GV2-SN33 380/440 Green Red 10 GV2-SN34 10 GV2-SN35 Orange 10 GV2-SN37 Clear (1) The GV2-MCK04 enclosure has a GV2-K04 mushroom head Stop pushbutton fitted as standard. (2) Supplied with IP 55 sealing kit. For use with GV2-M/01. (3) Padlockable in Off position using 4 to 8 mm shank padlocks.

Schneider Electric
Schemes : page 21026/3 21020-EN_Ver6.1.fm/3
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers model GV2-ME
Surface mounting enclosures GV2-MC0/
(1)
= 147
84
93
(1) 4 knock-outs for 16 mm plastic cable gland or 16 mm conduit. Surface mounting enclosure GV2-MCK04
(1) 2x5,3x6,3 = 147 84 145,5 93 = =

(1) 4 knock-outs for 16 mm plastic cable gland or 16 mm conduit. Flush mounting enclosures GV2-MP0/ (panel cut-out) GV2-MP0/ GV2-MP01, MP02 GV2-MP03, MP04
130
130
Front plate GV2-CP21
71 = 9,5 = = = = 11,5 21 127 140 = 117 133 1...6 12 a = 93,5 106,5 = 71 93 6,5 12 1...4 76 93 7,5
GV2MP01, MP02 MP03, MP04 a 86
21026-EN_Ver4.1.fm/2
Schneider Electric
118
133
62
Schemes
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers model GV2-ME
GV2-ME//
1/L1 3/L2 4/T2 5/L3 6/T3
Front mounting add-on blocks Instantaneous auxiliary contacts GV-AE1

or
2/T1
GV-AE11
21
GV-AE20
11
13
13 14
13
12
14
22
14
Side mounting add-on blocks Fault signalling + instantaneous auxiliary contacts GV-AD0110 GV-AD0101
GV-AD1010
24
23
GV-AD1001
95
53
95
51
97
53
97 98
96
54
96
52
98
54
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts GV-AN11

(61) 31 43 (73)
GV-AN20
(63) 33 43 (73)
Short-circuit signalling contacts GV-AM11

08 06
(62) 32
44 (74)
(64) 34
44 (74)
Undervoltage and shunt trips GV-AU///
GV-AS///
GV-AX///
D1
D1
D2
C2
C1
E1
Wiring diagram for undervoltage trip used on potentially dangerous machines, conforming to INRS
10 AgG max.
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
D1
D2
E2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
E1
Schneider Electric
E2
D2
05
52
51
21026-EN_Ver4.1.fm/3
References
Enclosed starters and equipment

Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers type GV3-M
Metal enclosure
Application For MCB up to 30 A with or without accessories Type Surface mounting Degree of protection of enclosure IP 55 Reference GV3-CE01 Weight kg 2.000
Enclosure accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description For 5 C For < 5 C (silicone) IP 55 padlocking device for operators (when padlocked, the motor circuit breaker is automatically in the Open (OFF) position) Sold in lots of 10 Unit reference GV1-EA01 Weight kg 0.012
Sealing membrane (1) GV3-CE01
10 1
GV1-EA02 GV1-V01
0.012 0.044
Stop pushbutton 40 mm, red, mushroom head (supplied with IP 55 sealing kit)
Spring return Latching Key release (key n 45) Turn to release
1 1
GV1-K01 GV1-K02
0.052 0.095
GV1-K03
0.052
GV1-V01
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 240 V 415 V 690 V kW kW kW kW kW 0.18 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.75 0.25 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.1 0.75 0.37 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.1 0.55 1.1 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 1.5 Rating Associated fuses Reference Weight
A 11.6 (2) GV3-M06
kg 0.600
1.62.5
(2)
GV3-M07
0.600
GV1-K01
2.2 3
2.54
(2)
GV3-M08
0.600
1.1
2.2
2.2 3 4
46
(2)
GV3-M10
0.600
1.5 2.2
3 4
4 5.5
5.5 7.5
610
(2)
GV3-M14
0.600
7.5
7.5
9 11 15 18.5
1016
(2)
GV3-M20
0.600
5.5
9 11
9 11
11 15
1625
(2)
GV3-M25
0.600
GV3-M20
15 15 18.5 22 2540 (2) GV3-M40 (3) 0.700 18.5 18.5 22 30 22 (1) Spare part. (2) Characteristics: please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) Use in association with a contactor is recommended. Warning: operating current in enclosure limited to 30 A.
7.5 9
Dimensions : page 21038/2 1036 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric
References

Accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description Voltage trips (1) Undervoltage trips GV3-Bpp Voltages 110, 120, 127 V 50 Hz 120, 127 V 60 Hz Reference GV3-B11 Weight kg 0.070
220, 240 V 240, 277 V
50 Hz 60 Hz
GV3-B22
0.070
380, 415 V 480 V
50 Hz 60 Hz
GV3-B38
0.070
Voltage trips Shunt trips
110, 120, 127 V 50 Hz 120, 127 V 60 Hz
GV3-D11
0.070
220, 240 V 240, 277 V
50 Hz 60 Hz
GV3-D22
0.070
380, 415 V 480 V
50 Hz 60 Hz
GV3-D38
0.070
Description Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (1 per breaker)
Normal early break type contacts N/C + N/O
Sold in lots of 1
Unit reference GV1-A01
Weight kg 0.060
N/O + N/O
GV1-A02
0.060
N/C + N/O + N/O
GV1-A03
0.070
N/O + N/O + N/O GV1-A01 N/O + N/O + 2 spare volt free terminals
GV1-A05
0.070
GV1-A06
0.070
N/C + N/O + 2 spare volt free terminals
GV1-A07
0.070
Fault signalling contacts (1)
N/C
GV3-A08
0.030
N/O
GV3-A09
0.030
Padlocking 5 GV1-V02 device for Start button (on bare product) (1) 1 voltage trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be fitted inside the motor circuit breaker.
0.010
Other versions
Voltage trips from 24 to 690 V 50 or 60 Hz. Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schneider Electric
21036 Ver2.00-EN.fm/
Dimensions

Surface mounting enclosure GV3-CE01
(1) 1 x 21 mm and 1 x 37.5 mm blanking plugs for cable entries (2) 1 x 21 mm and 2 x 37.5 mm blanking plugs for cable entries
References : pages 21036/2 and 21036/3 1038 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric
Schemes

Motor circuit breakers GV3-M
Auxiliary contact blocks GV1-A01 GV1-A02
GV1-A03
GV1-A05
GV1-A06
GV1-A07
Fault signalling contacts GV3-A08 GV3-A09
Voltage trips GV3-B
GV3-D
References : pages 21036/2 and 21036/3

Schneider Electric
21038 Ver2.00-EN.fm/
Characteristics, references TeSys enclosed starters

D.O.L. starters with manual control, with magnetic circuit breaker, 0.55 to 30 kW
Characteristics (1)
Conforming to standards Degree of protection to IEC 529 Operational voltage Ue Material IEC 947-4, IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102 and EN 60947 IP 657 GV2-LC: 690 V, GV-NGC: 500 V Polycarbonate (2)
References
Control by black rotary handle, padlockable in Off position (up to 3 padlocks with 8 shank, to be ordered separately) Rating Breaking capacity Icu Magnetic Reference Weight In conforming to IEC 947-2 tripping 220 400 current 230 V 415 V 440 V 500 V Id 20 % A kA kA kA kA A kg 1.6 GV2-LC02// 2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 25 32 40 50 63 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 100 100 100 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 13 In 13 In 13 In 13 In 13 In 13 In 12 In 12 In 12 In 12 In 12 In GV2-LC0207 GV2-LC0208 GV2-LC0210 GV2-LC0214 GV2-LC0216 GV2-LC0220 GV-NGC0225 GV-NGC0232 GV-NGC0240 GV-NGC0250 GV-NGC0263 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 0.780 2.450 2.450 2.450 2.450 2.450 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2-LC0206 0.780
GV-NGC02//
Variant
Starters with control by red rotary handle on yellow background Add the letter R to the end of the references selected above. Example: GV2-LC0206 becomes GV2-LC0206R. Enclosure without circuit-breaker, with rotary handle mounted on cover Description Rating Reference A Black rotary handle GV2-LC02 Red rotary handle on yellow background 1.618 2563 1.618 GV2-LC02 GV-NGC02 GV2-LC02R
Weight kg 0.300 0.550 0.300
2563 GV-NGC02R 0.550 (1) Circuit-breaker characteristics: - GV2-L see pages 24523/2 and 24523/3 - NG 125L, product marketed under the Merlin Gerin, brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons).

Schneider Electric
Dimensions, scheme

D.O.L. starters with manual control, with magnetic circuit-breaker. 0.55 to 30 kW
Dimensions GV2-LC0206 to LC0220
GV-NGC0225 to NGC0263
65
150
166
348
120 173
= 88
237
186,3
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands Type of enclosure At top PG ISO GV2-LC GV-NGC Scheme
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
At bottom PG 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29
ISO 2 x 20 I 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I
2 x 13 to 2 x 16 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29
2 x 20 I 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I
2/T1

Schneider Electric
4/T2
6/T3
24110_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
167
330
Characteristics, references

D.O.L. starters for motor control (1) 2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device
"
Characteristics
Conforming to standards Degree of protection to IEC 529 Ambient air temperature Operating positions Material IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102, EN 60947 IP 659: LE2-K, IP 657: LE /-D09 to D35 and IP 557: LE /-D405 to D955 For operation: - 5 to + 40 C Identical to positions for contactors Polycarbonate (2): LE2-K and LE/ -D09 to D35. Sheet steel: LE /-D405 to D955
References
Non-reversing starters Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 220 V 380 V 660 V 230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V kW kW kW kW kW kW 2.2 LE1-D12// 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 25
810174 810173
Maximum current I the up to A 9 12 18 25 35 40 50 65 80 95
Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control Standard circuit voltage (3) voltages LE1-D09// LE1-D12// LE1-D18// LE1-D25// LE1-D35// LE1-D405// LE1-D505// LE1-D655// LE1-D805// LE1-D955//
Weight
kg F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 0.920 0.920 1.015 1.015 4.320 4.820 4.850 4.850 5.140 5.440
4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
4 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 37 45 45
4 5.5 9 11 15 22 30 37 45 45
5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 22 30 37 55 55
5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 30 33 37 45 45
Reversing starters 1.5 2.2 2.2 4 2.2 4 3 4 6 9 LE2-K065// LE2-K095// or LE2-D09// (4) LE2-D09// LE2-D12// LE2-D18// LE2-D25// LE2-D35// LE2-D405// LE2-D505// LE2-D655// LE2-D805// F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 1.080 1.080 2.100 2.100 2.100 2.410 2.570 4.100 5.270 5.470 5.470 6.700
3 LE2-D12// 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
5.5 9 11 15 22 25 37 45
5.5 9 11 15 22 30 37 45
5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 22 30 37 55
5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 30 33 37 45
9 12 18 25 35 40 50 65 80
25 45 45 45 55 45 95 LE2-D955// F7 P7 V7 7.000 (1) Protection must be provided by addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3. (2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons). (3) Standard control circuit voltages. Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 LE2-K B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 LE1, LE2-D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) Selection according to the number of operating cycles, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
"
Dimensions: page 24102/2 24101_Ver3.01-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric
References

D.O.L. starters for motor control (1) 2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device
"
Description
810175
Standard versions comprise: / For non-reversing starters:
1 green Start button I, 1 red Stop/Reset button O. 1 Start button , 1 Start button , 1 red Stop/Reset button. 1 2-position spring return selector switch I-II, 1 red Stop/Reset button O. 1 blue Reset button R.
/ For reversing starters:

- LE2-K: LE1-D12// A04 - LE2-D09 to D35:
- LE2-D405 to D955:
Variants (pre-assembled)
810176
Description
Application
Suffix to be added to the starter reference (2) A04
No pushbuttons on cover
LE1-D09D955 LE2-D09D955
LE1-D12// A05
1 green Start button I 1 green Start button II 1 red Stop/Reset button O 1 blue Reset button R
LE2-D405D955 A11
LE1-D09D955 A05 LE2-K06 and K09 LE2-D09D35
810177
1 3-position stay put selector switch (I-O-II) (I: Automatic Start; O: Stop; II: Manual Start) 1 blue Reset button R
LE1-D09D35
A09
LE1-D12// A09
1 2-position stay put selector switch O-I (O: Stop; I: Manual Start) 1 blue Reset button R
LE1-D09D35
A13
1 3-position stay put selector switch O-I with spring return to centre position (I: Manual start; O: Stop, stay put) 1 blue Reset button R
810178
LE1-D09D35
A35
1 neutral terminal Fitted as standard on LE1 and LE2-D18 to D955 starters ordered with 220 V (M7), 230 V (P7) or 240 V (U7) control supply
LE1-D09D955 A59 LE2-K06 and K09 LE2-D09D955
Accessory (for customer assembly)

LE1-D12// A13 Description Application Reference Weight kg 0.060
Start pushbutton latching device for stay put operation (Start-Stop) (1) See previous page. (2) Example: LE1-D09F7A04.
810178
LE1-D405D955 LA9-D09907
LE1-D12// A35
Other versions
Possible combinations of 2 variants. Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schneider Electric
24101_Ver3.01-EN.fm/3
Dimensions

D.O.L. starters for motor control 2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device
LE1-D09 and D12
LE1-D18 to D35 LE2-D09 to D35
LE1-D405 to D655
166
150
201
183
c1
= = 88
c1
c1
105 181
c1 Standard version Version A04 Version A05 Version A09 Version A13 Version A35 LE2-K06 and K09 128.5 120 128.5 135 135 135 Standard version Version A04 Version A05 Version A09 Version A13 Version A35
c1 LE1-D 153.5 145 153.5 160 160 160
c1 LE2-D 160 145 153.5 Standard version Version A04 Version A05 161 150 161
19
120
146
165
84 175
LE1-D805 and D955 LE2-D405 to D655
150
LE2-D805 and D955
= = 101
312
195
307
165
287
c1 c1 = 165 257
c1 LE1-D 176 165 176
225 367
c1 LE2-D 176 165 176 Standard version Version A04 Version A05 194 190 194
Standard version Version A04 Version A05 Version A11
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands Type of enclosure At top PG LE1-D09 and D12 LE1-D18 to D35 and LE2-D09 to D35 LE2-D405 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 1 x 13 and 1 x 21
ISO 2 x 20 I 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 1 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 1 x 32 I 1 x 20 I and 1 x 40 I 4 x 20 I
At bottom PG 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 1 x 13 and 2 x 21 1 x 13 and 2 x 29 1 x 13 and 2 x 36 2 x 13 and 2 x 16
ISO 2 x 20 I 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 2 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 2 x 32 I 1 x 20 I and 2 x 40 I 4 x 20 I
LE1-D405 to D655 and LE2-D505 and D655 1 x 13 and 1 x 29 LE1 or LE2-D805 and D955 LE2-K 1 x 13 and 1 x 36 2 x 13 and 2 x 16
References : pages 24101/2 and 24102_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
24101/3 Schemes :
page 24101/3
Schneider Electric
195
Schemes

D.O.L. starters for motor control 2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device
LE1-D09 to D955
LE1-D09 to D955
Variant A04 or A05

A
L1
L2
L3
A
21
KM1
O
13 22
O Remote control l
KM1
KM1
14
A1
KM1
A2 W U
KM1 B
A2
LE2-K06, K09
L1 L2 L3
LE2-K06, K09
A
Variant A05
A
R
O
Remote control
KM1
KM2
KM1
KM2
KM2
KM2 KM1
KM1
A1
A1
A1
KM1
KM2
KM1 A2 B A2
ll
KM1
A1 KM2
KM1
A2
LE2-D09 to D955
LE2-D09 to D35
A2
LE2-D405 to D955 LE2-D09 to D955 with variants A04 or A05

A
R
L1
L2
L3
O
Remote control
I
S1
II
KM1
KM2
KM1
KM2
KM2
KM2
KM1
KM2
A1
A1
A1
22
21
KM1
KM2
KM1
A1
KM2
A2
A2
A2
Connections 220 V, 230 V, 240 V 380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V Other voltages
LE2-K, LE1 and LE2-D09 and D12 LE1 and LE2-D18 to D955 All products LE1 and LE2-D09 to D35 LE2-K, LE1 and LE2-D405 and D955
A B L3 Neutral L3 Neutral terminal L3 L1 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Direct connection
References : pages 24101/2 and

Schneider Electric
24101/3 Dimensions :
page 24102/2
24102_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
A2
A1

D.O.L. starters for motor control (1) 2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device
"
Characteristics
Conforming to standards Degree of protection to IEC 529 Ambient air temperature Operating positions Material IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102, EN 60947 IP 659 : LE/ -K, IP 657 : LE/ -D09 to D35 and IP 55 : LE /-D406 to D806 For operation : - 5 to + 40 C Identical to positions for contactors Polycarbonate (2) : LE /-K and LE/ -D09 to D35. Sheet steel : LE/ -D406 to D806
References
Non-reversing starters Standard power ratings of 3-phase Current motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 I the 220 V 380 V 660 V max. 230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V up to kW kW kW kW kW kW A 1.5 2.2 2.2 4 2.2 4 3 4 6 9 Fuses to be fitted by the customer Size Type aM A 10 x 38 10 10 x 38 12 or 2.2 3 LE4-D12// 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 4 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 37 45 4 5.5 9 11 15 22 30 37 45 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 22 30 37 55 18.5 30 33 37 45 9 12 18 25 35 40 50 65 80 10 x 38 12 10 x 38 16 10 x 38 20 10 x 38 25 14 x 51 32 14 x 51 40 22 x 58 63 22 x 58 80 22 x 58 80 Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control Standard circuit voltage (3) voltages LE4-K065// LE4-K095// LE4-D09// (4) LE4-D09// LE4-D12// LE4-D18// LE4-D25// LE4-D35// LE4-D406// LE4-D506// LE4-D656// LE4-D806// (5) Weight
kg F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 1.450 1.450 1.960 1.960 1.960 2.200 2.200 5.190 5.770 6.440 6.670 7.100
Reversing starters 1.5 2.2 2.2 4 2.2 4 3 4 6 9 10 x 38 10 10 x 38 12 or 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 LE8-D12// 15 18.5 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 37 5.5 9 11 15 22 30 37 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 22 30 37 18.5 30 33 37 9 12 18 25 35 40 50 65 10 x 38 12 10 x 38 16 10 x 38 20 10 x 38 25 14 x 51 32 14 x 51 40 22 x 58 63 22 x 58 80 LE8-K065// LE8-K095// LE8-D09// (4) LE8-D09// LE8-D12// LE8-D18// LE8-D25// LE8-D35// LE2-D406// LE2-D506// LE2-D656// F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 F7 P7 V7 1.600 1.600 3.550 3.550 3.550 3.700 4.670 5.800 14.170 14.700 14.770
LE2-D806// F7 P7 V7 16.000 22 37 45 45 55 45 80 22 x 58 80 (1) Protection must be provided by addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3. (2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons). (3) Standard control circuit voltages. Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 LE/ -K B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 LE/ -D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 Other voltages : please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) Selection according to dimensions and number of operating cycles, please consult your Regional Sales Office. (5) Supplied with 3 cable entries.
"

Schneider Electric
24103_Ver4.10-EN.fm/2
References

D.O.L. starters for motor control (1) 2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device
"
Description
Standard versions comprise : /For non-reversing starters : - LE4-K and LE4-D09 to D656 :
1 green Start button I, 1 red Stop/Reset button O, no pushbuttons on cover. 1 Start button , 1 Start button , 1 red Stop/Reset button, 1 2-position spring return selector switch I II, 1 red Stop/Reset button O, no pushbuttons on cover. Power circuit 1 3-pole isolating device 1 3-pole isolating device 1 3-pole isolating device Control circuit None + 1 additional pole LA8-D254 + 1 circuit-breaker GB2-CB08
- LE4-D806 :
/ For reversing starters : - LE8-K :
- LE8-D09 to D35 : LE4-D12// A04
- LE2-D406 to D806 : Protection LE4 and LE8-K LE4 and LE8-D09 to D35 LE4 and LE2-D406 to D806
Description Application Suffix to be added to the starter reference (2) A04
LE4-D09D656 LE8-D09D35
1 green Start button I 1 green Start button II 1 red Stop/Reset button O
LE2-D406D806 A11
1 blue Reset button R LE4-D12// A05
LE4-D09D806 A05 LE8-K06 and K09 LE8-D09D35 LE2-D406D806
1 neutral terminal Fitted as standard on starters LE4-D18 to D806, LE8-D18 to D35 and LE4-D406 to D806 ordered with 220 V (M7), 230 V (P7) and 240 V (U7) control supply
LE4-K06 and K09 A59 LE4-D09D806 LE8-K06 and K09 LE8-D09D35 LE2-D406D806
Accessories (for customer assembly)

Description Application Reference Weight kg 0.060
Start pushbutton latching device for stay put operation (Start-Stop) (1) See previous page (2) Example : LE4-D09F7A04.
LE4-D406D656 LA9-D09907
Other versions Schemes : page 24104/3

Schneider Electric
24103_Ver4.10-EN.fm/3
Dimensions

D.O.L. starters for motor control 2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device
LE4-K06 and K09 LE8-K06 and K09
31
LE4-D09 to D35 LE8-D09 to D35
165
150
348
19 20 120 c1
84 175
(1)
186
c1 LE4-K 146 c1 LE4-D 175.5 167 175.5
Standard version Version A05 (1) For LE8 only. LE4-D406 to D656
LE8-K 146 139
Standard version Version A04 Version A05
LE8-D 182 167 175.5
287
195
c1
225 367
= 31
c1 201 190 201
LE2-D406 to D806 LE4-D806
a-75
31
400 (1)
342,5
LE2D406, D506, D656 D806 LE4D806
a 300 400 a 400 c1 LE2-D 218 218
350
4xM8x25 =
325
202 c1
a-50 a a+57,5
LE4-D 218 218 218
(1) + 14 mm with blanking plugs. Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands Type of enclosure At top PG LE4 and LE8-D09 to D35 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 1 x 16 or 2 x 21 1 x 13 and 1 x 21
ISO 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 1 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 1 x 32 I 1 x 20 I and 1 x 40 I 4 x 20 I
At bottom PG 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 1 x 13 and 2 x 21 1 x 13 and 2 x 29 1 x 13 and 2 x 36 2 x 13 and 2 x 16
ISO 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 2 x 25 I 1 x 20 I and 2 x 32 I 1 x 20 I and 2 x 40 I 4 x 20 I
LE2-D09 to D35 LE2-D406 and LE4-D406
LE1-D506 to D656 and LE4-D506 and D6561 x 13 and 1 x 29 LE2-D806 and LE4-D806 LE4-K, LE8-K 1 x 13 and 1 x 36 2 x 13 and 2 x 16
References : pages 24103/2 and 24103/ 24104_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
3 Schemes :
page 24104/3
Schneider Electric
= 31
c1
330
Schemes

D.O.L. starters for motor control 2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device
LE4-K06, K09 LE4-D09 to D806
LE4-K06, K09
A
LE4-D09 to D35
LE4-D406 to D656
LE4-D806 LE4-D09 to D656 with variant A04 or A05

A
L1
L2
L3
A Q1 Q1 I KM1 O O I
A F1 Q1
F1
Q1
Q1
O
Remote control
18
KM1
KM1
KM1
13 22
21
l 14
KM1
A2
17
KM1
A1
A1
A1
KM1
KM1
KM1
A2
A2
LE8-K06, K09
L1 L2 L3
LE8-K06, K09
A Q1
Variante A05
A
Q1
O
Remote control
KM1
KM2
KM1 KM2
KM2
KM2 A1 KM1 A1 A1
KM1
KM1 A2 A2 B
KM2 B
KM1
A2 A2
22 21
A1
A1
A2
KM2
LE8-D09 to LE2-D806
L1 L2 L3
LE8-D09 to D35
A Q1 Q1
LE2-D406 to D806
A
F1
Q1
Q1
O
O
13
I S1
II
l
14
ll
14
KM1
KM2
KM1 KM2
KM1
KM2
A1
KM2
KM1
A1
KM2
A1
KM1
A1
KM1
A2 A2
KM2 B
KM1
A2 A2
13
Remote control
KM2
Connections 220 V, 230 V, 240 V
380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V Other voltages
LE4 and LE8-K, LE4 and LE8-D09 and D12 LE4-D18 to D806, LE8-D18 to D35 and LE2-D406 to D806 All products LE4 and LE8-D09 to D35 LE4 and LE2-D406 and D806
A L3
B Neutral
L3 Neutral terminal L3 L1 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Direct connection
References : pages 24103/2 and 24103/

Schneider Electric
3 Dimensions :
page 24104/2 24104_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

D.O.L. starters for motor control 0.25 to 7.5 kW with 3-phase thermal overload relay
Characteristics
Conforming to standards Degree of protection to IEC 529 Ambient air temperature Operating positions Material IEC 947-4-1, IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102 and EN 60947 IP 65 For operation: - 5 to + 40 C Identical to those for k contactors Self-extinguishing ABS
References
Non-reversing starters Starter LE1-M, combined with short-circuit protection components, provides type 1 or type 2 coordination, depending on the type of devices used. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 220 V 380 V 230 V 240 V 400 V 415 V kW kW kW kW 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 LE1-M35//// 3 3.7 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 2.2 3 4 0.25 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 Setting range of thermal overload relay LR2-K(1) A 0.540.8 0.81.2 1.21.8 1.82.6 2.63.7 3.75.5 5.58 811.5 1014 1216 LE1-M35//05 LE1-M35//06 LE1-M35//07 LE1-M35//08 LE1-M35//10 LE1-M35//12 LE1-M35//14 LE1-M35//16 LE1-M35//21 LE1-M35//22 Basic reference. Complete with code indicating power circuit voltage (2) Weight
kg 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
Description
/ The standard version comprises:
- 1 green Start button I, - 1 red Stop/Reset button O/R, - 1 yellow operating indicator. / Control may be pulsed or maintained. / An earth terminal and a neutral terminal are provided on the bottom of the enclosure.
Variant
Starter without thermal overload relay LR2-K Delete the last 2 digits of the starter references selected above. Example: LE1-M35//
Spare part
Description Basic reference. Complete with code indicating power circuit voltage (2) LC1-K//A80 Weight kg 0.180
Contactor
(1) Thermal overload relay fitted as standard. (2) The contactor coil is pre-wired between 2 phases of the power circuit The codes indicated below therefore correspond to the power circuit voltage. Volts 50/60 Hz 24 220 230 240 380 400 Code B7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 Example: 380/400 V 3-phase supply, 4 kW motor: LE1-M35Q716
"
415 N7
440 R7

Schneider Electric
Dimensions, schemes

D.O.L. starters for motor control 0.25 to 7.5 kW with 3-phase thermal overload relay
Dimensions LE1-M35 (1)
108
78
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands Enclosure type At top PG ISO
At bottom PG
ISO
LE1-M 2 x 13 to 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 2 x 13 to 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I (1) Can be mounted on machine panel or frame. Knock-outs for 4 x 13 P cable glands. Schemes LE1-M35
Choice of type of control built into the product Control by Control by latching spring return pushbuttons pushbuttons
A A
1/L1
3/L2
A1 13 13 1 3 5 I 14 13
5/L3
L1 L2 L3
130 (5"1/8)
160
KM1
I 14
KM1
KM1
or
95
2 4 6 14 A2
O/R
96
A2
Reset/OR
KM1 A1
H1
KM1 A1
B
A2 H1
O/R
M
B
T1 T2 T3
A L3 L3 Terminal 1
96
95
B Neutral L1 Terminal 2

Schneider Electric
24105_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

D.O.L. starters for motor control 0.37 to 5.5 kW with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker and contactor
Characteristics
Conforming to standards Degree of protection to IEC 529 Ambient air temperature Operating positions Material IEC 947-4-1, IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102 and EN 60947 IP 55 For operation: - 5 to + 40 C Identical to those for K contactors Polycarbonate (1)
References
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 400 230 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V kW kW kW kW kW 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.37 0.55 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 0.75 1.1 Setting range of thermal trips A 11.6 Fixed magnetic tripping current 13 Irth A 22.5 Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2) LE1-GVME06K// Weight
kg 1.210
0.37
0.75
0.75 1.1 1.5
1.5
1.62.5
33.5
LE1-GVME07K// LE1-GVME08K// LE1-GVME10K// LE1-GVME14K// LE1-GVME16K//
1.210
0.55 0.75 1.1
1.1 1.5 2.2
1.5 2.2 3
2.2 3 4
2.54
51
1.210
2.2 3 4
46.3
78
1.210
1.5 2.2 LE1-GVME//K// 2.2 3
3 4 5.5
4 5.5 7.5
5.5 7.5 9 11
610
138
1.210
5.5 7.5
914
170
1.210
Variant
Description Suffix to be added to the starter reference (3) A59 Reference Weight kg Weight kg 0.740
Neutral terminal Description
LE1-GVMEK
Enclosure without starter, with sealing kit fitted (references of combination motor starters for customer assembly, see pages 24520/2 and 24520/3)
LE1-GVMEK
Accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight kg
Padlocking device (4) 1 to 3 padlocks with 1 GV2-V01 0.075 for padlocking the 4 to 8 mm shank GV2-ME operator (Padlocking is only possible in the O (Off) position) Mushroom Spring return (4) 1 GV2-K011 0.052 head Stop 1 GV2-K021 0.160 button Latching Key release (key n 455) 40 mm, (4) IP 55 Turn to release 1 GV2-K031 0.115 red 1 GV2-K04 (5) 0.120 10 GV2-E01 0.012 Sealing IP 55 kit IP 55 for < + 5 C 10 GV2-E02 0.012 (1) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons). (2) Standard control circuit voltages Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 Code B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office. (3) Example: LE1-GVME06KF7A59 (4) Supplied with IP 55 sealing kit. (5) Padlockable in position O, by padlock with 4 to 8 mm shank.
"

Schneider Electric
Dimensions, schemes

D.O.L. starters for motor control 0.37 to 5.5 kW with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker and contactor
Dimensions LE1-GVMEK
183 86 94
201
= 101
Schemes LE1-GVMEK
A
L1 L2 L3
Q1
Q1
External control
KM1
KM1
KM1
A L3 L3 Terminal 1
A2
A1
B Neutral L1 Terminal 2

Schneider Electric
24111_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

Star-delta starters 5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device (1)
"
Characteristics
Conforming to standards Degree of protection to IEC 529 Ambient air temperature Operating positions Material IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102, EN 60947 IP 659: LE3-K, IP 657: LE3-D09 to D35 and IP 557: LE3-D405 to D150 For operation: - 5 to + 40 C Identical to positions for contactors Polycarbonate (2): LE3-K and LE3-D09 to D35. Sheet steel: LE3-D405 to D150
References
Standard power ratings of squirrel cage motors Mains voltage - delta connection 220 V 380 V 415 V 440 V 400 V kW kW kW kW Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (3) Weight
kg
Maximum operating rate LE 3-K: 12 starts/hour and LE3-D: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds. LE3-D: an LAD-S2 timer imposes a delay of 40 ms 15 ms on the delta contactor at the moment of changeover to ensure that the star contactor has sufficient breaking time. LE3-K065// LE3-K095// or LE3-D09// (4) 5.5 11 11 11 LE3-D12// LE3-D18// LE3-D35// LE3-D405// LE3-D505// LE3-D805// LE3-D115// LE3-D150//
5.5
5.5
5.5
1.460
4 LE3-D12//
7.5
7.5
7.5
1.460 3.650
3.650
11
18.5
22
22
3.750
15
30
30
30
5.160
18.5
37
37
37
8.160
30
55
59
59
8.150
37
75
75
75
14.000
63
110
110
110
24.500
75
132
132
147
24.500
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3. (2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons). (3) Standard control circuit voltages. Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 LE3-K B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LE3-D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) Selection according to dimensions and the number of operating cycles, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
"
Dimensions : page 24107/2 24106-EN_Ver2.12.fm/2

Schneider Electric
References

Star-delta starters 5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device
"
Description
The standard version comprises: - LE3-K and LE3-D09 to D35: 1 green Start button I 1 red Stop/Reset button O no pushbuttons on cover.
- LE3-D405 to D150:
LE3-D09D35
1 green Start button I 1 red Stop/Reset button O
LE3-D405D150
A06
LE3-D12//A04
1 blue Reset button R
LE3-D09D805
A05
1 neutral terminal Fitted as standard on starters LE3-D115 and D150
LE3-K065 and K095 LE3-D09D805
A59
LE3-D12//A05 Mechanical interlock Fitted as standard on starters LE3-K and LE3-D09 to D35 LE3-D405 to D150 A64
(1) Example: LE3-D09F7A04
Other versions

Schneider Electric
24106-EN_Ver2.12.fm/3
Dimensions

Star-delta starters 5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device
LE3-K065, K095
LE3-D09 to D35
19
120 = 165 150 348 146 84 175 186

c1 175.5 167 175.5 Standard version Version A04 Version A05
LE3-D405 and D505
287
195
c1
225 367
c1 190 194 194
LE3-D805 to D150
a - 75
b + 57,5
b - 50
b (1)
b - 75
LE3D805 D1155 D1505
a 400 500 500 c1 LE3-D805 202 218 218
b 400 600 600
c1 c1 + 15,5
a - 50 a a + 57,5
LE3-D115, D150 252 268
(1) + 14 mm with blanking plugs. Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands Type of enclosure At top PG LE3-D09 to D35 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 1 x 29 1 x 36 1 x 36 2 x 13 and 2 x 16
ISO 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 1 x 32 I 1 x 40 I 1 x 40 I 4 x 20 I
At bottom PG 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29
ISO 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I
LE3-D405 LE3-D505 LE3-D805 LE3-K
1 x 29, 2 x 13 and 2 x 21 1 x 32 I, 2 x 20 I and 2 x 25 I 1 x 36, 2 x 13 and 2 x 29 2 x 13 and 3 x 36 2 x 13 and 2 x 16 1 x 40 I, 2 x 20 I and 2 x 32 I 2 x 20 I and 3 x 40 I 4 x 20 I
References : pages 24106/2 and 24107_Ver2.20-EN.fm/2
24106/3
Schneider Electric
c1
330
Schemes

Start-delta starters 5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device
LE3-K065 and K095

L1 L2 L3
LE3-K065 and K095

A
W1 U1 V1
KM2
KM3
KM1
I
W2 U2 V2
KM2 KM1
W1
U1
V1
KM3
KM1
LE3-D09 to D805
L1 L2 L3
LE3-D09 to D35
A
U1
V1
W1
KM2
KM3
KM1
I
O
KM2
Remote control I
W1
W2
U2
V2
U1
V1
KM1
18
17
KM2
Note : in accordance with current installation regulations, short-circuit protection must be provided by fuses or a circuit-breaker.
LE3-D115 and D150

L1 L2 L3
LE3-D115 and D150

A
U1
KM2
KM3
KM1
Remote control l
V1
W1
W2
U2
V2
W1
18
17
KM1
KM2
U1
V1
KM1 KM1 KM2
Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaft end). Connections 220 V, 230 V, 240 V 380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V Other voltages
W2
U2
V2
KM3
A1 A1
KM2
A1
KA1
A1
F2
B
KM1
A2
KM2
A2
KA1
A2
KM3
A2
LD09 and D12 LE3-D18 to D150 All products LE3-D09 to D35 LE3-K and LE3-D405 to D150
References : pages 24106/2 and

Schneider Electric
24106/3 Dimensions :
page 24107/2 24107_Ver2.20-EN.fm/3
W2
U2
V2
KM3
A1 A1
A1
A1
A1
KM1
A2
KM2
A2
KM3
A2
KM1
A2
KM2
A2
KM3
A2
A1
T
A1 A1 A1 A1
W2
U2
V2
T
A2
KM1
A2 A2
KM3
A2
KM2
L
LE3-D405 to D805
A
KM2
KM1
KM2
KM2
KM2
KM1
KM3
KM1

Star-delta starters (1) 7.5 to 75 kW with isolating device
"
Characteristics
Conforming to standards Degree of protection to IEC 529 Ambient air temperature Operating positions Material IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102, EN 60947 IP 657: LE6-D09 to D18 and IP 557: LE3-D326 to D806 For operation: - 5 to + 40 C Identical to positions for contactors Polycarbonate (2): LE6-D. Sheet steel: LE3-D
References
Standard power ratings of squirrel cage motors Mains voltage - Delta connection 220 V 380 V 415 V 440 V 400 V kW kW kW kW Fuses to be fitted by the customer Size Type aM A Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage Standard (3) voltages Weight
kg
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds. An LAD-S2 timer imposes a delay of 40 ms 15 ms on the delta contactor at the moment of changeover to ensure that the star contactor has sufficient breaking time. LE6-D09//
7.5
7.5
7.5
10 x 38
20
F7 P7 V7
3.900
5.5 LE6-D12//
11
11
11
10 x 38
25
LE6-D12//
F7 P7 V7
3.900
11
18.5
22
22
14 x 51
40
LE6-D18//
F7 P7 V7
4.850
15
30
30
30
22 x 58
63
LE6-D326//
F7 P7 V7
7.650
18.5
37
37
37
22 x 58
80
LE3-D406//
F7 P7 V7
16.900
30
55
59
59
22 x 58
125
LE3-D506//
F7 P7 V7
17.000
37
75
75
75
160
LE3-D806//
F7 P7 V7
27.500
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3. (2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons). (3) Standard control circuit voltages. Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Schemes : page 24109/3 :

Schneider Electric
24108_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
References

Star-delta starters 7.5 to 75 kW with isolating device
"
Description
The standard version comprises: - LE6-D09 to D18: 1 green Start button I 1 red Stop/Reset button O - LE3-D326 to D806 Protection LE6-D09 and D12 LE6-D18 to LE3-D806 no pushbuttons on cover Power circuit 1 3-pole isolating device 1 3-pole isolating device Control circuit + 1 additional pole LA8-D254 + 1 circuit breaker GB2-CB08
LE6-D09D18
1 green Start button I 1 red Stop/Reset button O LE6-D12// A04
LE3-D326 to D806
A06
1 blue Reset button R
LE6-D09LE3-D806
A05
1 neutral terminal
LE6-D09D806
A59
LE6-D12// A05
Mechanical interlock Fitted as standard on starters LE6-D09 to D18
LE3-D326D806
A64
(1) Example: LE6-D09F7A04.

Schneider Electric
24108_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
Dimensions

Star-delta starters 7.5 to 75 kW, with isolating device
LE6-D09 to D18
LE3-D326
348
330
367
c1
= 186
31
190
195 287
= 31
Standard version Version A04 Version A05 LE3-D406 to D806
c1 175.5 167 175.5
a-75
31
b+57,5
b (1)
b-50
4xM8x25
c1
a-50 a a+57,5
b-75
LE3D406, D506 D806
a 400 500
b 500 700
c1 218 269
(1) + 14 mm with blanking plugs. Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands Type of enclosure At top PG LE6-D09 to D18 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 1 x 21 1 x 29 1 x 36 1 x 36 Schemes : page 24109/3
Schneider Electric
ISO 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 1 x 32 I 1 x 32 I 1 x 40 I 1 x 40 I
At bottom PG 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 or 2 x 29
ISO 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I
LE3-D326 LE3-D406 LE3-D506 LE3-D806 References : pages 24108/2 and 24108/3
2 x 13, 2 x 16 & 1 x 21 2 x 20 I, 2 x 25 I &1 x 32 I 2 x 13, 2 x 21 & 1 x 29 2 x 20 I, 2 x 25 I & 1 x 32 I 2 x 13, 2 x 29 & 1 x 36 1 x 40 I, 2 x 20 I & 2 x 32 I 2 x 13 & 3 x 36 2 x 20 I and 3 x 40 I
24109_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2
225
Schemes

Star-delta starters 7.5 to 75 kW, with isolating device
LE6-D09 to D18
2 4 6
LE6-D09 to D18
3/L2
1/L1
5/L3
A Q1 Q1
U1
V1
W1
Q1
O
KM1
KM2
6 2 4
KM3
6 2 4 2 4 6
W2
U2
V2
U1
V1
W1
l
1 3 5
KM2
KM1
W2
U2
V2
KM2
KM2
KM3
A1 A1
KM1
A1
KM1
A2
KM2
A2
KM3
A2
LE3-D326 to D806
2
3/L2 1/L1 5/L3
LE3-D326 to D806
4 6
A F1 Q1
U1
V1
W1
Q1
KM2
6 2 4
KM3
6 2 4
KM1
2 4 6
W2
U2
V2
S1
Remote control
U1
V1
W1
l
1 3 5
13 22
KM2
14
KM1 KM2
W2
U2
V2
21
KM2
KM3
KM1
A1
A1
KM1
KM2
KM3
A2
A2
Connections 220 V, 230 V, 240 V 380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V Other voltages References : pages 24108/2 and 24108/3
Schneider Electric
LE6-D09 and D12 LE6-D18 to LE3-D806 All products LE6-D09 to D18 LE3-D326 to D806
A2
A1
24109_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3
References

Replacement parts for starters without isolating device
Heads for Start and Stop/Reset pushbuttons

Description
500118_1
For use on
Unit reference ZB5-AA331
Weight kg 0.018
Flush, green I (1)
LE1-D09...D35
Projecting, red O (1) ZB5-AA331 Adaptation kit for head ZB5-AL432
LE1-D09...D35
ZB5-AL432
0.019
LE1-D09 and D12
LAD-9091
0.002
500120_1
LE1-D18...D35
LAD-91810
0.003
Heads for Reset pushbuttons

ZB5-AL432 Flush, blue R (2)
500117_1
LE1-D09...D35
ZB5-AA0 + ZBA-639 (3)
0.022 0.001
Adaptation kit for head ZB5-AA0 + ZBA-639
LE1-D09 and D12
LAD-9092
0.002
LE1 or LE2-D18...D35
LAD-91810
0.003
LE3, LE6, LE4 or LE8-D09...D35 LAD-9091
LAD-9T4
0.004
Heads for selector switches

3 position stay put LE1-D09...D35 ZB5-AD3 0.024
500119_1
2 position stay put
LE1-D09...D35
ZB5-AD2
0.024
ZB5-ADp
500121_1
3 position spring return to centre
LE1-D09...D35
ZB5-AD5
0.024
Contact blocks
1 N/O spring return LE1-D09...D35 ZEN-L1111 0.010
ZEN-L1111
500122_1
1 N/C spring return
LE1-D09...D35
ZEN-L1121
0.010
Mounting for contact block
LE1-D09 and D12
LAD-90909
0.008
LEp-D18...D35 (4)
LAD-91809
0.014
LAD-91809
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Do not forget to order adaptation kit LAD-9091 or LAD-91810, depending on size. Do not forget to order adaptation kit LAD-9092. Sold in lots of 10. LE1, LE2, LE3, LE4, LE6 or LE8.
24120-EN_Ver1.2.fm/2
Schneider Electric
References

Replacement parts for starters without isolating device
Empty enclosures for D.O.L. starters without isolating device

810175
Intended usage
Head(s) mounted on cover Without
Reference
Weight kg 0.300
LE1-D09, D12
DE1-DS1A04
1 flush blue head R
DE1-DS1A05
0.300
DE1-DS1A04
810176
1 flush green head I 1 projecting red head O
DE1-DS1
0.300
1 flush blue head R 1 switch
DE1-DS1A13
0.300
DE1-DS1A05
810173
LE1-D18...D35
Without
DE1-DS2A04
0.500
1 flush blue head R
DE1-DS2A05
0.500
DE1-DS1
810178
1 flush green head I 1 projecting red head O
DE1-DS2
0.500
1 flush blue head R 1 switch
DE1-DS2A13
0.500
DE1-DS1A13
Schneider Electric
24120-EN_Ver1.2.fm/3

0100 Motor Start Cat en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

0100 Motor Start Cat en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TeSys motor starters - open version

Type 1 and type 2 coordination according to the standard

Utilisation category AC-1

1.05 Ue 0.45 1.05 Ue 0.35

1.05 Ue 0.45 1.05 Ue 0.35

1.05 Ue 0.35 1.05 Ue 0.35

1.05 Ue 0.35 1.05 Ue 0.35

Utilisation category DC-1

Breaking L/R (ms) I U 1 Ie Ue

Auxiliary contacts and control relays

cos 0.3 0.3

cos 0.3 0.3

cos 0.7 0.3

cos 0.7 0.3

d.c. supply Typical applications Electromagnets

Utilisation category DC-13

Breaking L/R (ms) I U

3-phase 4-pole motors, 50/60 Hz

1070 990 1150 1250 1570 1760 1980

1020 965 1140 1075

0.06 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

0.06 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination

GV2-P14 or GV2-ME14 610 GV2-ME14 GV2-P14 610 610

0.06 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

0.06 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination

0.06 to 55 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

0.06 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination

1.5 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

1.5 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination

1.5 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

1.5 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination

1.5 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

1.5 to 355 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination

0.06 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination

TCP TCP TCP TCP

1.5 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination

0.06 to 4 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

5.5 to 30 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V: type 1 coordination

0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V: type 2 coordination

0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V: type 1 coordination

0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V: type 2 coordination

0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V: type 1 coordination

0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V : coordination type 2

TeSys motor starters - open version

Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters

Machines requiring smooth starting or slowing down

D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakers

D.O.L. starters with fuse protection

Soft start units or in association with

Fuse carrier + plate mounted contactor

Soft start unit

24520/2 and 24520/3

24520/4 and 24520/5

24520/6 and 24520/7

24075/2 and 24075/3

Starters for customer assembly

Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters

star-delta starters to be used a circuit-breaker or fuses

D.O.L. or star-delta starters with circuit-breakers

D.O.L. or star-delta starters with fuses

Type 1 and type 2 co-ordination